DSkin 动画模式 表示指定的路径中进行动画处理在开始之前将略有收回动画的运动的缓动函数。 表示指定的路径中进行动画处理在开始之前将略有收回动画的运动的缓动函数。 Specifies how much the function will pull back 表示创建动画反弹效果的缓动函数。 表示创建动画反弹效果的缓动函数。 Specifies the number of bounces. This does not include the final half bounce. Specifies the amount of bounciness. This corresponds to the scale difference between a bounce and the next bounce. For example, Bounciness = 2.0 correspondes to the next bounce being twices as high and taking twice as long. 表示创建的动画加速和/或使用循环函数减速的缓动函数。 表示创建的动画加速和/或使用循环函数减速的缓动函数。 表示一个缓动函数，该函数创建一个使用公式 f(t) = t3 进行加速和/或减速的动画。 表示一个缓动函数，该函数创建一个使用公式 f(t) = t3 进行加速和/或减速的动画。 IsOne - Returns whether or not the double is "close" to 1. Same as AreClose(double, 1), but this is faster. bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. The double to compare to 1. IsZero - Returns whether or not the double is "close" to 0. Same as AreClose(double, 0), but this is faster. bool - the result of the AreClose comparision. The double to compare to 0. 表示创建类似于弹簧 rest 直到显示来回振荡的动画的缓动函数。 表示创建类似于弹簧 rest 直到显示来回振荡的动画的缓动函数。 震动次数 Specifies the number of oscillations 弹性 Specifies the amount of springiness 表示创建的动画加速和/或使用指数公式减速的缓动函数。 Specifies the factor which controls the shape of easing. 定义一个缓动动画时间变换接口 定义一个关键帧接口 获取或设置应到达关键帧的目标 Value 的时间。 获取或设置关键帧的目标值。 获取插值 0-1 关键帧 动画模式 需要变化的属性 获取设置的目标值 缓动动画动画进度变化 缓动动画效果 定义一个类型数据的关键帧，默认支持byte,Color,double,float,int,short,long,Point,Rect,Size, 定义一个类型数据的关键帧，默认支持byte,Color,double,float,int,short,long,Point,Rect,Size, 目标值 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = tp p 是等于 Power 属性。 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = tp p 是等于 Power 属性。 Specifies the power for the polynomial equation. 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = t2 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = t2 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = t4。 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用下面的公式 f(t) = t4。 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用正弦值的公式 表示一个缓动函数，创建一个动画加速和/或减速使用正弦值的公式 故事板补间动画 故事板补间动画 需要按时间的从小到大顺序添加 动画持续时间 动画播放次数，0为无限循环 启动对象的动画 重置播放状态 移除动画关联的对象 动画结束之后的行为 获取当前动画时间 设置当前动画时间 获取关联的对象动画是否暂停 需要应用动画的目标对象 重置播放状态 当前动画所在的时间 动画播放结束之后的行为 恢复为开始动画之前的状态 保留动画的属性变化 3D翻转特效 3D翻转特效 动画 初始化动画，设置特效和原始图像 定时器时间间隔 当前特效实例 原始图像 是否正序播放 开始播放动画 停止播放 播放动画 帧变化之后发生 动画开始播放之后发生 动画结束时发生 动画开始 动画完全结束之后发生 动画事件数据类 当前帧图像 当前动画帧索引 是否是最后一帧 位置偏移 百叶窗特效 百叶高度 淡入淡出 淡入淡出特效 透明变化率（默认值0.05f） 渐变拉幕 渐变区域高度 渐变的位置变化高度 动画特效接口 特效名 是否可以倒序播放 顺序播放 是否为最后一帧 重置 原始图像 执行图像特效，返回变化图像 位置偏移 水平卷轴 随机落幕 旋转缩放 时间轴 初始化时间轴，设置到达关键帧的目标 Value 的百分比时间，开始时间是上一时间轴的结束时间 获取或设置应到达关键帧的目标 Value 的百分比时间，开始时间是上一时间轴的结束时间。 0-1 关键帧 计时器 当前记录的时间 缩放特效 数据绑定 获取指定属性信息（需要明确指定属性类型，但不存在装箱与拆箱） 数据源绑定到对象上 duiTextBox.SetPropertyBinding(duiLabel, 数据源 => 数据源.Text, 目标对象 => 目标对象.Text, 数据转换用的数据 => 数据转换用的数据); 数据源 绑定目标对象 数据源的属性 目标对象的属性 数据转换 是否现在更新绑定值 清除数据源的绑定 清除无效的数据绑定，比如目标对象已经被回收的 获取图片主色调 切取图片的某个矩形区域 包含项目添加移出事件的泛型集合 内部列表 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序。 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对某个范围内的元素进行排序。 要排序的范围的从零开始的起始索引。 要排序的范围的长度 比较元素时要使用的比较器 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合中的第一个匹配元素 确定 集合 是否包含与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素 检索与指定谓词定义的条件匹配的所有元素 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合 中第一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中的最后一个匹配元素。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中最后一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 项目添加之后 项目移出之后 控件的状态。 正常。 鼠标进入。 鼠标按下。 获得焦点。 将对象序列化成Json字符串 Represents the native IME context. The IME context handle obtained when first associating an IME. Disable the IME Enable the IME Gets the ImeMode that corresponds to ImeMode.Disable based on the current input language ImeMode table. Returns true if the IME is currently open Sets the actual IME context value. Opens or closes the IME context. Supported input language ImeMode tables. WARNING: Do not try to map 'active' IME modes from one table to another since they can have a different meaning depending on the language; for instance ImeMode.Off means 'disable' or 'alpha' to Chinese but to Japanese it is 'alpha' and to Korean it has no meaning. Gets the ImeMode table of the current input language. Although this property is per-thread based we cannot cache it and share it among controls running in the same thread for two main reasons: we still have some controls that don't handle IME properly (TabControl, ComboBox, TreeView...) and would render it invalid and since the IME API is not public third party controls would not have a way to update the cached value. See VSW#541650/541728. Dictionary of ImeMode and corresponding convertion flags. 快速图像读写 实例化一个图像 要操作的图像 实例化一个图像 宽度 高度 图像格式 快速读取图像中X,Y坐标所在的Color值 X坐标 Y坐标 Color值 锁定 快速写入X,Y坐标所在的颜色值 X坐标 Y坐标 Color颜色值 解锁 获取FontAwesome字体 获取FontAwesome字体样式 FontAwesome图标字符 可以转化为char再转化为字符串 建立带有圆角样式的路径。 用来建立路径的矩形。 圆角的大小。 圆角的样式。 是否把矩形长宽减 1,以便画出边框。 建立的路径。 绘图对像 绘图对像 图片 绘置的图片大小、坐标 绘置的图片边界 当前状态 状态总数 绘图对像 绘图对像 图片对像 绘置的图片大小、坐标 当前状态 状态总数 创建对象深度复制的副本 将source对象的所有属性复制到target对象中，深度复制 Object数据转换扩展 将数据以时间格式并对其格式化 自定义格式 将数据以字符串格式对数据格式化 自定义格式 将数据以数值方式对数据格式化 自定义格式 数据转换成int，如果转换失败，返回errorResult 将数据转换成int，如果转换失败返回0 将数据转换成Double，如果转换失败返回0 将数据转换成Float，如果转换失败返回0 将数据转换成Long，如果转换失败返回0 将数据转换成DateTime，如果转换失败返回空的时间 将数据转换成Bool，如果转换失败返回False 将数据转换成枚举，如果转换失败则返回默认值 用于把位图锁定到内存里，指针处理图像。Format32bppArgb格式。 使用using方式来锁定和解锁 索引数据BGRA 绘制根据矩形旋转文本 文本 字体 填充 局部矩形 布局方式 角度 绘制根据点旋转文本，一般旋转点给定位文本包围盒中心点 文本 字体 填充 旋转点 布局方式 角度 通过API函数设置Form透明度 窗体 透明度0.00-1 将图像转换成灰色介 灰色图像 获取图片主色调 图片 判断颜色偏向于暗色或亮色(true为偏向于暗色，false位偏向于亮色。) 要判断的颜色 true为偏向于暗色，false位偏向于亮色。 绘制组件圆角 要绘制的组件 圆角大小 样式绘制圆角 控件 范围 圆角大小 圆角样式 绘制四个角弧度为8 控件 范围 样式绘制圆角 控件句柄 圆角 圆角样式 是否重画 设置图形边缘半透明 图形 true中心透明 false边缘透明 true横 false纵 绘制发光字体 字体 字体样式 字体颜色 光圈颜色 光圈大小 Image格式图 范围绘制发光字体 字体 字体样式 字体颜色 光圈颜色 光圈大小 文字范围 是否启用范围绘制发光字体 Image格式图 执行一次鼠标点击 X Y 图片缩放 源图片Bitmap 目标宽度 目标高度 处理完成的图片 Bitmap 创建支持位图区域的控件（目前有button和form） 控件 位图 小于此透明值的去除 建立圆角路径的样式。 四个角都不是圆角。 左上角为圆角。 右上角为圆角。 左下角为圆角。 右下角为圆角。 左边两个角为圆角。 右边两个角为圆角。 上边两个角为圆角。 下边两个角为圆角。 四个角都为圆角。 调整颜色，绘制文字不穿透 控件背景绘制 绘制渐变色 九宫格绘制图片 绘制区域 裁减宽度 九宫格绘制图片 绘制区域 裁减宽度 失效区域 九宫格绘制图片 绘制区域 裁减宽度 失效区域 是否绘制中间 高速绘制控件图像，如果直接绘制到Layered窗体上文字部分可能会镂空 成功 没有找到ViKey加密锁 密码错误 请先查找加密锁 无效的句柄 数值错误 秘钥无效 读取信息错误 设置信息错误 没有机会 权限不足 地址或长度错误 获取随机数错误 获取种子错误 通信错误 算法或计算错误 计数器错误 产生密码错误 加密数据错误 解密数据错误 ViKey加密锁已经被锁定 无效的命令 未知错误 实用型加密狗ViKeyAPP 标准型加密狗ViKeySTD 网络型加密狗ViKeyNET 专业型加密狗ViKeyPRO 身份认证型加密狗ViKeyWEB 时间型加密狗ViKeyTIME 查找系统中的ViKey加密狗 【返回】如果查找到系统中存在加密狗，返回查找到加密狗的个数 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的硬件ID，长度为4个字节，一个DWORD，该硬件ID为ViKey加密狗的唯一标识 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】返回ViKey加密狗的硬件ID 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的类型。ViKey系列加密狗有很多种类型，可以调用此函数获取当前加密狗的类型。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】返回加密狗的产品类型 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 用户登陆加密狗，登陆成功后，加密狗的当前权限为用户权限。可以调用VikeyGetLevel获取加密狗的当前权限。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的用户密码， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 管理员登陆加密狗，登陆成功后，加密狗的当前权限为管理员权限。可以调用VikeyGetLevel获取加密狗的当前权限。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的用户密码， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 修改ViKey加密狗的用户密码和管理员（需要管理员权限） 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】加密狗新的用户密码 【输入】加密狗新的管理员密码 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 登出(关闭)加密狗，调用该函数过后，加密狗的当前权限将变为匿名权限。当程序不需要对加密狗进行操作时候，调用此函数关闭加密狗，以免其他误操作或者恶意程序对加密狗内部信息进行窃取。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 读取加密狗的数据，加密狗有数据存储区，可供读写 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】读取数据的起始地址 【输入】读取数据的长度 【返回】读取到的数据 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 写入数据到加密狗，加密狗有数据存储区，可供读写 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】写入数据的起始地址 【输入】写入数据的长度 【输入】写入数据的指针 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取4个随机数，在程序中程序员可能需要到随机数，可以调用加密狗的该函数获取加密狗中的随机数，更为安全。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】获取随机数1（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数2（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数3（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数4（0~65535） 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置加密狗的软件ID 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】加密狗的软件ID标识， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取加密狗的软件ID 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的软件ID标识， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置递减计数器的初始值和模式，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，调用该函数来设置计数值的初始状态。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 【输入】计数器的值 【输入】计数器的模式 1：允许递减 0：不允许递减 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 检查计数器的数值是否为零 模式是否允许可以递减，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，调用该函数来检查计数器中的数值是否为0。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 【输入】是否为零 【输入】是否允许递减 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 将指定计数器中的数值减一，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，可以设置初始值，调用该函数来实现减一。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置ViKey加密狗的设备名称，长度为16个字符或8个汉字，字母或数字 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】ViKey加密狗的设备名称 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的设备名称，长度为16个字符或8个汉字，字母或数字 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】ViKey加密狗的设备名称 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 ViKeyTime时钟型加密狗，内部有独立的电子时钟，可以简单的理解为内部有个和人们带的电子表一样，可以实时获取当前日期、时间，但是这个日期、时间无法被篡改。该函数就是获取加密狗内部时钟的时间。（只有时钟狗有效） 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】当前日期、时间，6个字节内容分别是年月日时分秒 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 查找系统中的ViKey加密狗 【返回】如果查找到系统中存在加密狗，返回查找到加密狗的个数 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的硬件ID，长度为4个字节，一个DWORD，该硬件ID为ViKey加密狗的唯一标识 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】返回ViKey加密狗的硬件ID 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的类型。ViKey系列加密狗有很多种类型，可以调用此函数获取当前加密狗的类型。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】返回加密狗的产品类型 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 用户登陆加密狗，登陆成功后，加密狗的当前权限为用户权限。可以调用VikeyGetLevel获取加密狗的当前权限。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的用户密码， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 管理员登陆加密狗，登陆成功后，加密狗的当前权限为管理员权限。可以调用VikeyGetLevel获取加密狗的当前权限。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的用户密码， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 修改ViKey加密狗的用户密码和管理员（需要管理员权限） 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】加密狗新的用户密码 【输入】加密狗新的管理员密码 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 登出(关闭)加密狗，调用该函数过后，加密狗的当前权限将变为匿名权限。当程序不需要对加密狗进行操作时候，调用此函数关闭加密狗，以免其他误操作或者恶意程序对加密狗内部信息进行窃取。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 读取加密狗的数据，加密狗有数据存储区，可供读写 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】读取数据的起始地址 【输入】读取数据的长度 【返回】读取到的数据 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 写入数据到加密狗，加密狗有数据存储区，可供读写 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】写入数据的起始地址 【输入】写入数据的长度 【输入】写入数据的指针 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取4个随机数，在程序中程序员可能需要到随机数，可以调用加密狗的该函数获取加密狗中的随机数，更为安全。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】获取随机数1（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数2（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数3（0~65535） 【返回】获取随机数4（0~65535） 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置加密狗的软件ID 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】加密狗的软件ID标识， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取加密狗的软件ID 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】加密狗的软件ID标识， 8个字母或数字 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置递减计数器的初始值和模式，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，调用该函数来设置计数值的初始状态。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 【输入】计数器的值 【输入】计数器的模式 1：允许递减 0：不允许递减 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 检查计数器的数值是否为零 模式是否允许可以递减，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，调用该函数来检查计数器中的数值是否为0。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 【输入】是否为零 【输入】是否允许递减 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 将指定计数器中的数值减一，ViKey加密狗为程序员提供一组计数器，该计数器只能递减，也就是递减计数器，可以设置初始值，调用该函数来实现减一。 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【输入】计数器的序号 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 设置ViKey加密狗的设备名称，长度为16个字符或8个汉字，字母或数字 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】ViKey加密狗的设备名称 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 获取ViKey加密狗的设备名称，长度为16个字符或8个汉字，字母或数字 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】ViKey加密狗的设备名称 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 ViKeyTime时钟型加密狗，内部有独立的电子时钟，可以简单的理解为内部有个和人们带的电子表一样，可以实时获取当前日期、时间，但是这个日期、时间无法被篡改。该函数就是获取加密狗内部时钟的时间。（只有时钟狗有效） 【输入】指定加密狗的序号 【返回】当前日期、时间，6个字节内容分别是年月日时分秒 0：表示系统中存在ViKey加密狗 非0：表示系统中没有找到ViKey加密狗 内部列表 展开所有 折叠所有 水平滚动值 子节点 显示复选框 显示图标 图标尺寸 文本渲染模式 打开关闭按钮的尺寸 图标 展开图标 展开图标 展开图标 关闭图标 关闭图标 关闭图标 项目鼠标移入背景色 项目鼠标移入边框颜色 被选中的项目背景色 被选中的项目边框颜色 内部滚动条 被选中的节点 子节点和父节点的偏移量，像素 未选定时的图像 未选定时鼠标移入的图像 未选定时鼠标按下的图像 选定时的图像 选定时鼠标移入的图像 选定时鼠标按下的图像 半选定时的图像 半选定时鼠标移入的图像 半选定时鼠标按下的图像 鼠标拖拽进入的项目背景色 启用鼠标拖拽 获取所有节点 水平滚动条 内容宽度超过之后水平滚动条是否显示 自定义模板 控件项目 项目左边偏移 展开节点 关闭节点 子节点是否打开 打开关闭按钮的尺寸 图标尺寸 图标 子节点 显示的文本 与控件关联的用户自定义数据 选定状态 是否第一次加载节点 是否自定义样式 是否加载子节点 文本字体 文本颜色 文本渲染模式 显示复选框 显示图标 父节点 所属的DuiTreeView 节点深度 展开按钮图片 展开按钮图片 展开按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 是否选中 是否可以选中 Selected 属性改变之后 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 所属节点，不能在构造函数里获取 自动偏移 输入法管理 输入法上下文 设置输入法位置， 相对于控件 启用输入法 柱状图数据 柱状图数据 数据 底部填充笔刷 是否是层叠样式 图表数据 获取数据表示颜色 数据线的名称 绘制图形 数据开始 数据长度 绘制范围 Y轴最大值 Y轴最小值 绘制图形背景 数据开始 数据长度 获取提示文字 数据索引 获取该范围内数据的最大值 获取该范围内数据的最小值 数据量 获取或设置所属的Chart控件 图表折线，曲线显示数据 图表折线，曲线显示数据 数据 线条颜色 线条类型 线条笔刷 底部填充笔刷 图表线条类型 不显示 曲线 直线 提供折线图，曲线图，柱状图 数据 水平缩放值 大于等于1 滚动值 图表区域内部间距 X轴颜色 Y轴颜色 图表区域填充 抗锯齿属性 是否可以缩放滚动 X轴文字 Y轴最大值 Y轴最小值 Y轴刻度分割数量，大于等于1 鼠标移入选中的线条显示 鼠标移入选中的提示背景色 鼠标移入选中的提示文字颜色 网格显示模式 网格颜色 显示滚动缩放值的线条颜色 鼠标移入图表的时候显示信息 文本渲染模式 添加数据之后要调用该方法来更新界面 封装ewe的浏览器控件，兼容大部分网站,支持一部分HTML5和CSS3，支持Flash播放，不支持WebGl，不适合做浏览器 wke内核句柄 URL 加载HTML 加载文件 网页缩放 获取网页标题 是否启用Cookie 获取或设置媒体音量 0-1 启用背景透明 后退 是否可以返回 前进 是否可以前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 文档是否加载完成 内容宽度 内容高度 获取Cookie 获取设置浏览器的UserAgent 加载状态 全局对象，用来做JS回调C#的方法承载对象 获取全局的JS数据对象，JS数值转换需要用到 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID 创建Wke内核 执行脚本 执行脚本，用来执行框架页里面的脚本 来自DocumentReady事件里的FrameJSState Js绑定方法 JS中方法名 绑定的方法 当网页中的JS调用JsCall方法的时候触发 用于绑定框架页面JS方法的JS回调对象 JsCall 的返回值，JSValue的Value 定义一个JS回调C#的方法，返回值和参数只能是void、int、string、float、double、bool、null。方法参数数量和类型要对应，不支持方法重载 表格控件 DuiGridList头部默认鼠标移入刷子 DuiGridList头部默认鼠标按下刷子 DuiGridList头部默认刷子 行模板 必须为 DSkinGirdListTemplate 类型 头部鼠标移入刷子 头部鼠标按下刷子 头部刷子 头部前景色 头部字体 单行背景色 双行背景色 鼠标移入行背景色 选中行背景色 网格线颜色 表格线条显示方式 行集合 获取或设置数据源显示其数据的列表或表的名称 数据源 数据集 行高 是否可以选中行 是否整行铺满 是否显示标题行 是否可以通过鼠标调整列宽 列表项 内部列头 列表头高度 内部列表 横向滚动条 竖向滚动条 选中的行Item项（最后点击的item项） 数据列表右键菜单 选中的行Item项集合 是否启用排序 分页控件首页按钮属性设置 分页控件末页按钮属性设置 分页控件上一页按钮属性设置 分页控件下一页按钮属性设置 分页控件跳转按钮属性设置 设置列表Columns项控件的位置 横向滚动条显示/隐藏判断方法 总页数 每页显示数据条数 第几页 数据量 是否启用分页显示 是否自定义分页 绑定数据源和显示数据 获取每行数据中对应字段的值 显示数据 当模板为EditableTemplate 时有效 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 添加一行数据 初始化单元格 初始化单元格 初始化单元格 控件项目的字体 前景色 背景图 背景图布局 控件项目的Text，对于控件类型为 DuiTextBox, DuiLabel, DuiButton,DuiCombobox Text和Value是对应的 获取和设置单元格关联的值，可以是图片、字符串、布尔。需要注意的是需要对应的控件类型 获取内容尺寸，或者设置图片尺寸 虚拟控件布局排列样式 自定义数据结构 SubItem项的控件项目类型 单元格模板，类型必须为 DSkinGirdListCellTemplate 所属DSkinGridListRow 单元格的控件项目 释放SubItem 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 DSkinGridList 单元格模板 当前单元格数据，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 所属的DSkinGridList，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListCell，不能在构造函数里获取 DSkinGridList行模板 当前行数据，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 所属的DSkinGridList，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListRow，不能在构造函数里获取 可以支持文字编辑的单元格模板 封装MiniBlink功能比Wke更加完善 Cookie文件路径 数据存储路径 当前所有绑定的页面 关闭后，点 a 标签将不会弹出新窗口，而是在本窗口跳转 开启后，将不会渲染页面，提升了网页性能。此功能方便用来实现一些爬虫，或者刷单工具， 页面是否加载失败 页面是否加载成功 启用背景透明 加载完成 Title 调用JQuery，页面需要引用JQuery cookie格式必须是:Set-cookie: PRODUCTINFO=webxpress; domain=.fidelity.com; path=/; secure 初始化 MB，需要已经添加到托管的实体控件上了，才能调用 是否可以返回 是否可以前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 撤销 重做 取消选择 停止加载 调用JS，方法闭包，返回值要加return 解析 cookies.dat文件得到Cookie,没有判断 path，只有 域的判断 获取或设置网页源码 内核句柄 绑定方法的对象 网络响应数据获取，需要先在ReadData事件里设置ReadyReadRespone 你需要手动创建一个DuiMiniBlink，把DuiMiniBlink的MiniBlinkHandle设置给该属性。创建DuiMiniBlink之后需要调用 CreateCore() 才会马上创建MiniBlinkHandle 是否确认 获取请求数据 获取请求类型 请求操作对象的指针 自定义数据，用于替换响应数据，自定义数据需要配合MIMEType 自定义数据需要配合MIMEType，比如：text/css，text/html 设置后，此请求将被取消。 获取请求类型 请求操作对象的指针 设置为true，将会触发WebResponse事件，可以获取到网络响应的数据 是否继续导航。 导航类型 Url 封装Wke的浏览器控件，兼容大部分网站,支持一部分HTML5和CSS3，支持Flash播放，不支持WebGl，不适合做浏览器 wke内核句柄 URL 加载HTML 加载文件 网页缩放 获取网页标题 是否启用Cookie 获取或设置媒体音量 0-1 启用背景透明 后退 是否可以返回 前进 是否可以前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 文档是否加载完成 内容宽度 内容高度 获取Cookie 创建Wke内核 执行脚本 Js绑定方法 JS中方法名 绑定的方法 参数数量 JS 数值，用于装换JS数值，以及参数处理 Js数值 通过js数值初始化 js数值 js数据指针 获取参数索引里的JsValue js数据指针 参数索引 将字符串转化成JsValue js数据指针 需要转换的字符串 将int 转换为JsValue 将double转换为JsValue 将float转换为JsValue 获取js方法的参数数量 数值类型 是否确认 是否确认 获取或设置指示是否应取消事件的值。 导航类型 Url 通过JsValue类来处理参数 int int int int WKE_LBUTTON -> 0x01 WKE_RBUTTON -> 0x02 WKE_SHIFT -> 0x04 WKE_CONTROL -> 0x08 WKE_MBUTTON -> 0x10 WKE_EXTENDED -> 0x0100 WKE_REPEAT -> 0x4000 WKE_MSG_MOUSEMOVE -> 0x0200 WKE_MSG_LBUTTONDOWN -> 0x0201 WKE_MSG_LBUTTONUP -> 0x0202 WKE_MSG_LBUTTONDBLCLK -> 0x0203 WKE_MSG_RBUTTONDOWN -> 0x0204 WKE_MSG_RBUTTONUP -> 0x0205 WKE_MSG_RBUTTONDBLCLK -> 0x0206 WKE_MSG_MBUTTONDOWN -> 0x0207 WKE_MSG_MBUTTONUP -> 0x0208 WKE_MSG_MBUTTONDBLCLK -> 0x0209 WKE_MSG_MOUSEWHEEL -> 0x020A char[100] unsigned short char[50] char[50] WKE_SETTING_PROXY -> 1 unsigned int wkeString->_tagWkeString* wkeString->_tagWkeString* unsigned int wkeString->_tagWkeString* wkeString->_tagWkeString* int int int int boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean jsExecState->void* jsExecState->void* jsGetPropertyCallback jsSetPropertyCallback jsFinalizeCallback jsCallAsFunctionCallback ewe浏览器内核封装 框架页面对应的C#的page代码所在的命名空间 设置全局资源程序集，Key是程序集名 该事件用于file:///协议设置数据，参数是解析之后的路径 ProxyType://user:pass@host:port 例如: "SOCKS5://192.168.1.1:8080" ProxyType: Http, Socks4, Socks4A, Socks5, Socks5Hostname, JS 数值，用于装换JS数值，以及参数处理 Js数值 通过js数值初始化 js数值 js数据指针 获取参数索引里的JsValue js数据指针 参数索引 将字符串转化成JsValue js数据指针 需要转换的字符串 将int 转换为JsValue 将double转换为JsValue 将float转换为JsValue 获取js方法的参数数量 数值类型 是否确认 是否确认 获取或设置指示是否应取消事件的值。 导航类型 Url 通过JsValue类来处理参数，JsValue.ArgCount(a)方法参数的数量，new JsValue(a, 0)获取第一个参数的值 int int int int WKE_EXTENDED -> 0x0100 WKE_REPEAT -> 0x4000 还未调用wkeLoad函数 正在加载 数据加载成功 数据加载失败 文档已经解析完毕 char[100] unsigned short char[50] char[50] WKE_SETTING_PROXY -> 1 unsigned int wkeString->_tagWkeString* wkeString->_tagWkeString* unsigned int 继续此导航 中止此导航 此导航强制转换为下载，将会触发 wkeOnDownloadFile 回调 wkeString->_tagWkeString* wkeString->_tagWkeString* int int int int boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean jsExecState->void* jsExecState->void* jsGetPropertyCallback jsSetPropertyCallback jsFinalizeCallback jsCallAsFunctionCallback 定义一个可以调用JS的接口 支持布局的元素 页面对应的C#的page代码所在的命名空间 设置全局资源程序集，Key是程序集名 设置页面控件的偏移量，一般用作控件时，需要制定位置，否则会出现事件响应位置有问题。 是否启用插件 是否渲染,True 禁止渲染，false 启用渲染 绑定View请求时，所用IP，比如一台电脑两个IP的情况下，可以指定某个IP访问 在wkeOnLoadUrlBegin回调里调用，设置后，此请求将被取消。 是否检查CSP，也就是跨域安全检查 是否新开窗口 是否启用 Touch 触摸事件 是否启用内存缓存 调用此函数后,网络层收到数据会存储在一buf内,接收数据完成后响应OnLoadUrlEnd事件.#此调用严重影响性能,慎用" 此函数和wkeNetSetData的区别是，wkeNetHookRequest会在接受到真正网络数据后再调用回调，并允许回调修改网络数据。"而wkeNetSetData是在网络数据还没发送的时候修改" WebView关联操作 可以在wkeOnDocumentReady2回调里注入JS执行 可判断是不是主 frame 加载完成 可以实现类似谷歌浏览器鼠标移动到带有超链接的地方，给出链接地址。 URL 改变，可判断是否是主 frame 的url 改变 调用这个之后要手动调用 Marshal.FreeHGlobal(ptr); 下载回调 int int int int boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean boolean char[100] jsGetPropertyCallback jsSetPropertyCallback jsFinalizeCallback jsCallAsFunctionCallback 封装Miniblink的JS值，如果需要创建复杂的JS对象可以通过InvokeJS方法：InvokeJS("return {test:'test'}") 获取对象属性值 设置对象属性值 定义任务结果 任务执行者 执行结果 任务 任务来源，就是调用SendTask方法的虚拟控件 任务名 自定义数据 是否已被处理，如果设置为true，则任务不会再向上传递 处理结果 DuiTextBox行 行高 封装JQuery里的常用操作，网页里需要引用JQuery，使用参数请参考W3Cschool里JQuery的教程 基础脚本 脚本调用的页面 获取索引处元素 获得当前匹配元素集合中每个元素的父元素，使用选择器进行筛选是可选的。 返回返回被选元素的所有直接子元素。 获得当前匹配元素集合中每个元素的祖先元素，使用选择器进行筛选是可选的。 获得匹配元素集合中每个元素紧邻的同胞元素。如果提供选择器，则取回匹配该选择器的下一个同胞元素。 将匹配元素集合缩减为集合中的最后一个元素。 获得匹配元素集合中每个元素紧邻的前一个同胞元素，通过选择器进行筛选是可选的。 在被选元素的结尾（仍然在内部）插入指定内容。 在被选元素后插入指定的内容。 在被选元素的开头（仍位于内部）插入指定内容。 调用JS DuiControl背景渲染类 背景图剪辑区域 自定义背景刷 自定义边框画笔 边框颜色 边框宽度 边框圆角宽度 是否渲染边框 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 九宫格图片切割宽度 边框类型 纯色 短划线 点划线 点划线 点 DuiTextBox里的字符元素 初始化确定字体和颜色的字符 字符的字体 字符颜色，如果为Empty，则以文本框属性控制 字符 测量一个字符的尺寸 查询内部控件 控件查询 遍历集合并执行动作方法 自定义动画，返回值为False时停止动画，参数为调用者 调用者 动作 自定义动画，返回值为False时停止动画，参数为调用者 定时器间隔 动作 自定义帧数动画 定时器间隔 帧数 自定义帧数动画 帧数 自定义属性变化动画，如果是集合则遍历集合执行属性变化 初始值 结果值 整个变化时间长度毫秒 属性名 是否还在播放，结束则为False 异步延迟执行代码，只能在主线程中调用 延迟时间毫秒 图像偏移 点坐标集合 自定义画笔 自定义填充刷 平滑模式 图形类型 DuiGraphics图形类型 点 线条 矩形 椭圆 扇形 圆弧 贝塞尔曲线 多边形 支持HTML渲染呈现 Underline html container instance. HTML渲染容器 the raw base stylesheet data used in the control the base stylesheet data used in the panel the current html text set in the control is to handle auto size of the control height only The text rendering hint to be used for text rendering. 支持HTML渲染呈现 当设置的 html 文档已完全加载。
允许操作的 html dom，滚动条的位置，等等。 当用户点击一个html 中的链接
允许取消链接的执行。 当 html 渲染的过程中出错时引发 由链接元素引发的 aa 样式表时要加载的文件路径或 URI。
此事件允许手动提供样式表或提供新的源 (文件或 uri) 从加载。
如果没有替代的数据提供将会使用原始源。
提出图像时要加载的文件路径或 URI。
此事件允许手动，提供图像如果不处理图像将从文件或从 URI 下载加载 是否显示滚动条 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 获取或设置一个值，该值指示是否抗锯齿比如背景和边框 (默认值为 false)。 文本渲染模式 是否启用内容选择 (默认值为 true)。
如果设置为 false 呈现的 html 将静态只用点击链接的能力。 是否启用内置右键菜单 设置基本样式 自适应内容大小 根据内容自动设置标签的高度 (不影响宽度)。 HTML内容 Get the currently selected text segment in the html. Copy the currently selected html segment with style. 鼠标滚轮滚动页面大小 Get html from the current DOM tree with inline style. generated html Get the rectangle of html element as calculated by html layout.
Element if found by id (id attribute on the html element).
Note: to get the screen rectangle you need to adjust by the hosting control.
 the id of the element to get its rectangle the rectangle of the element or null if not found Clear the current selection. 复制被选中的HTML内容 全选 Perform the layout of the html in the control. Handle mouse move to handle hover cursor and text selection. Handle mouse down to handle selection. Handle mouse leave to handle cursor change. Handle mouse up to handle selection and link click. Handle mouse double click to select word under the mouse. Propagate the LoadComplete event from root container. Propagate the LinkClicked event from root container. Propagate the Render Error event from root container. Propagate the stylesheet load event from root container. Propagate the image load event from root container. Handle html renderer invalidate and re-layout as requested. Release the html container resources. 支持FontAwesome图标显示，内置近600个矢量图标 图标样式 图标 图标尺寸 尺寸单位 内部容器 被选中的项目 获取被选中的项目集合 鼠标松开选择还是鼠标按下选择 当项目选中状态改变之后发生 Item获得焦点之后自动滚动到可视范围内 项目选择模式 内部容器自适应尺寸 自动隐藏滚动条 内部滚动条 列表项目集合 鼠标移入自动获取焦点 列表方向 用于平滑滚动的定时器 是否平滑滚动 平滑滚动速度 是否启用多行多列 项目尺寸，只有启用了多行多列才有效果 启用浮动，多行模式生效（Ulmul为true）,不受ItemSize属性影响 是否左浮动，否则为右浮动 是否为上浮动，否则为下浮动 滚动的百分比（0-1） 滚轮每格滚动的像素值 列表起始值顶部位置 列表起始值顶部位置 是否显示滚动条 滚动条宽度 内容长度 内容长度 内容偏移，如果垂直的时候向左偏移。水平的时候向下偏移 内容尺寸 是否启用鼠标滚轮控制 平滑滚动一段距离（需要开启平滑滚动，速度在+-40以内） 刷新列表，对列表项目重新布局 Value改变时发生 触发ValueChanged事件 列表项目被点击时发生 触发ItemClick事件 Dui圆饼控件 圆边框与控件边框的距离 圆边框颜色 圆边框宽度 圆颜色 内部扇形开始角度 圆边框和圆的空白距离 自定义圆填充刷 自定义圆边框画笔 圆饼集合 颜色 自定义填充刷 角度 事件是否被处理 事件触发源控件 自定义显示数值格式 前景图片绘制模式 最大值 最小值 当前指示数值 进度条前景色集合 前景渐变色角度 前景图片 前景图片九宫格分割宽度 自定义前景进度刷 Value改变之后发生 滚动条前景图片绘制模式 拉伸模式 九宫格模式 普通模式 平铺模式 平移图片 当用户点击滚动条或者按Page Up PageDown 键时，滚动框位置变动的幅度 当用户点击滚动箭头或按箭头键时，滚动框位置变动的幅度 可滚动的下限值 可滚动的上限值 滚动框位置标示的值 滚动条方向 滚动框颜色 鼠标移入时候滚动框的颜色 鼠标按下时候滚动框的颜色 中间滚动框长度 箭头范围高度 箭头颜色 鼠标移入箭头的颜色 鼠标按下箭头的颜色 圆角 滚动框图片 滚动框图片 滚动框图片 滚动框九宫格图片切割宽度 滚动条内边距 箭头和滚动框空白距离 显示箭头 按键是否可以改变滚动值 鼠标位置 获取滚动框区域 Value改变之后发生 最大值 最小值 当前指示数值 控件方向 主线宽度 主线边框宽度 主线填充颜色 主线填充颜色 主线边框颜色 自定义主线边框画笔 主线两端到边框的距离 自定义主线填充刷 自定义主线填充刷 指示按钮大小 指示按钮边框宽度 指示按钮边框颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮图片 指示按钮图片 指示按钮图片 指示按钮是否为椭圆 上层图片 前景图片九宫格分割宽度 前景图片绘制模式 获取主线区域 value改变之后发生 Dui容器 旋转变换 原点顺时针旋转角度 缩放变换 X轴缩放倍数 Y轴缩放倍数 切变变换 X轴切变 Y轴切变 图形矩阵变换抽象类 执行变换 变换操作集合 获取变换之后的矩阵 平移变换 X偏移 Y偏移 内容高度 内容行数 是否启用关键词渲染，KeywordsStyles属性来定义关键词 行控件 内部滚动条 滚轮每格滚动的像素 内容 撤销用的旧数据 指示为单行文本编辑控件的密码输入显示的字符 文字渲染模式 文本内容 获取或设置插入符号的插入位置索引 获取或设置插入符号的插入位置索引 是否是插入模式，否则是替换模式 是否多行 光标颜色 被选中的文字背景颜色 被选中的文字颜色 获取或设置当前选择的开头的字符索引 获取或设置一个字符数在当前选定的值 被选中的文字 是否只读 显示滚动条 自动高度，多行模式下才有效，并且滚动条将被隐藏 获取或设置一个值，该值指示是否将控件的元素对齐以支持使用从右向左的字体的区域设置。 文本对齐方式，只支持单行模式 是否允许粘贴图片 关键词样式集合 最大长度 布局后的行集合 将文字转化为布局元素 将文字转化为布局元素 获取光标区域 内容排版，如果更改了Items里面的内容需要调用该方法重新排版内容 设置被选中文字的颜色和背景 复制，将内容以HTML格式复制 设置剪切板的Html格式 全选 粘贴文本 插入图片 插入索引 图片 剪切选中文本 撤销 光标处插入文字 替换被选中的内容 根据坐标获取光标索引位置 根据坐标获取行索引 弹出图片浏览窗体时 文本内容改变之后发生 从Html内容中提取第一张图片链接 关键词样式 关键词或者正则表达式 是否为正则表达式 是否忽略大小写 关键词颜色 关键词字体，如果为null，则默认字体 Dui控件布局引擎 控件父级容器 设置偏移量 Anchor布局 是否挂起布局 对子控件进行布局 异步调用布局，连续多次调用方法，只会执行一次，提高性能 控件适应图片大小，否则图片将缩放以适应控件 点击后自动更改状态 是否被选定 未选定时的图像 未选定时鼠标移入的图像 未选定时鼠标按下的图像 选定时的图像 选定时鼠标移入的图像 选定时鼠标按下的图像 半选定时的图像 半选定时鼠标移入的图像 半选定时鼠标按下的图像 自适应内容 显示的文字 是否是三种状态 控件状态 内部填充宽度 获取或设置Check标记的外部方块的宽度，宽度与高度是相等的 获取或设置当CheckState==Indeterminate时，内部Rect的缩进量，为正值 选择框和文字的距离 选择框边框颜色 禁用时的选择框边框颜色 选中的颜色 禁用时的选中的颜色 选择框背景颜色 选择框高亮的背景色 选择框按下时候的背景色 禁用时选择框背景色 选定状态 复选框位置 禁用时的文字颜色 文本渲染模式 复选框区域 文本区域 文本偏移 代码绘制CheckBox 改变状态 触发Checked改变事件 是否自动播放 多张图片播放定时器 多张图片播放定时器的时间间隔 图片集 图片，支持Gif播放 当前帧 Gif图片总帧数 播放gif 停止播放 处理图像和控件大小 当前帧索引。只针对Images里的图片索引 在 SizeMode 更改时发生。 引发SizeModeChanged事件 当前帧改变之后发生 设置被选中的时候内部园的缩进量 是否可以编辑 内部文本框控件 列表项目集合 字符串转项目，一行一个 该值指示下拉框是否处于显示状态 内部列表项目被选中索引 被选中的虚拟控件 是否自动绘制被选中项目 选中项目之后自动关闭下拉框 下拉框最大长度 内部列表控件 下拉框 显示下拉箭头 单列下拉列表项目鼠标移入的背景色 自动绘制项目的左间距 下拉框自适应 鼠标移入的下拉框列表项目的ID 绑定显示的字段 绑定的值的字段 数据源 选中的值 刷新绑定 显示的模板，类型需要继承DuiBaseControl，绑定的时候显示的值将会设置给Text属性，值设置给Tag 获取每行数据中对应字段的值 控件托管 关闭下拉框 添加项目 显示下拉框 内部列表控件中的被选中项目索引改变时候发生 触发SelectedIndexChanged事件 DirectUI基础控件 任务列表 任务列表 线程同步上下文 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 是否加载完成，第一次显示之后为true 获取或设置与此控件关联的 右键菜单 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 虚拟化，虚拟化之后，有图像显示，但是不能点击到 Dui提示文本控件 提示文本 与控件关联的文本 当前可见的子控件集合 当前可见的子控件集合 启用布局引擎 强制设置可见，用于内部绘制 是否可见，是否在可视范围内以及Visible为True 原点 顺时针旋转，只旋转图像，坐标不旋转 缩放，只缩放图像，不缩放坐标 继承父级的尺寸百分比 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 锚点类型（运行时有效） 鼠标事件冒泡 控件画布 启用控件图像缓存 控件大小 控件宽度 控件高度 控件位置改变，父容器是否马上重绘 控件相对于父容器的的坐标位置 X Y 控件的工作区域 父容器 获取该控件相对于屏幕左上角的位置 获取该控件相对于承载DuiControl的Control控件的位置 背景色 前景色 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果，设置该属性之后，位图缓存BitmapCache将会为true 字体 背景图布局 背景图 获取或设置鼠标位于控件上的鼠标样式 自动处理光标 当前显示的鼠标样式 控件是否可见 是否启用 DUI子控件集合 控件名称 鼠标是否移入 鼠标是否移入 与控件关联的用户自定义数据 边框显示模式 背景渲染 是否显示边框 失效区域，下次将重绘该区域 失效区域，下次将重绘该区域 是否让父容器失效重绘 鼠标是否按下 鼠标是否按下 控件停靠方式 外边距 布局引擎实例 控件是否适应内容改变大小 获取承载DuiControl的控件 该值指示控件是否有输入焦点 控件是否可以接收焦点 控件是否可以激活 是否挂起重绘，为True之后Invalidate方法将失效 鼠标是否移入子控件 鼠标当前所在的子控件 控件区域，控件区域必须小于控件尺寸 获取或设置在控件的容器的控件的 Tab 键顺序。 获取或设置一个值，该值指示用户能否使用 Tab 键将焦点放到该控件上。需要在DSKinForm上面才有效果 是否绘制焦点框 是否被选中 背景绘制之后，子控件绘制之前，在Paint事件之前。一般用于继承控件的绘制 接收到任务时发生 重置鼠标状态，isMouseDown，isMouseEnter，isMouseEnterChildControl设置为false 将控件带到 Z 顺序的前面 将控件发送到 Z 顺序的后面 为控件设置输入焦点 布局子控件 点击测试 创建画布 释放画布 使整个控件区域无效，导致重绘 使指定区域无效，导致重绘该区域 绘制控件 绘制控件 invalidateRect 绘制边框 触发MouseMove事件 触发MouseMove事件 触发MouseEnter事件 触发MouseEnter事件 触发MouseLeave事件 触发MouseLeave事件 触发MouseDown事件 触发MouseDown事件 触发MouseUp事件 触发MouseUp事件 触发MouseClick事件 触发MouseClick事件 触发MouseDoubleClick事件 触发MouseDoubleClick事件 触发ControlAdded事件 触发ControlRemoved事件 触发Paint事件 触发Move事件 触发SizeChanged事件 触发Invalidated事件 触发VisibleChanged事件 触发OnEnabledChanged事件 背景绘制之后，子控件绘制之前，在Paint事件之前。一般用于继承控件的绘制 触发字体改变事件 触发Dock改变事件 触发AutoSizeChanged事件 触发ForeColorChanged事件 触发OnFocusedChanged事件 触发KeyDown事件 触发KeyPress事件 触发KeyUp事件 触发PreviewKeyDown事件 触发MouseWheel事件 触发PaintBackground事件 触发AnchorChanged事件 触发Load事件 是否已被释放 设计模式下是否可以被选中 设计模式下是否可以被鼠标移动 设计模式下是否可以被调整大小 挂起布局 恢复布局 托管任务，用于处理可能会需要多次处理，但是只要最后一次处理的任务，比如布局，重绘。相同任务在很短时间内被托管多次，只会调用一次。该方法依赖重绘消息或者异步消息 是否是用重绘消息，否则采用异步消息 具体任务 在主线程上调用方法 在主线程上异步调用方法 发送任务，父级容器可以接收到任务请求来执行需要的任务 任务名 数据 接收到任务的时候 Dui控件边框显示模式 初始化控件边框 上边框宽度 上边框笔刷 上边框颜色 下边框宽度 下边框笔刷 下边框颜色 左边框宽度 左边框笔刷 左边框颜色 右边框宽度 右边框笔刷 右边框颜色 所有边框颜色 所有边框宽度 设计模式下的Dui控件边框 显示的图片 图片对齐方式 图片尺寸 图片偏移 设置或获取圆角样式 九宫格方式绘制按钮图片 九宫格绘制按钮切割宽度 正常状态下的按钮图像 鼠标移入时的按钮图像 鼠标按下时的按钮图像 控件状态 控件适应图片大小，否则图片将缩放以适应控件 底色 鼠标移入时的颜色 鼠标按下时的颜色 显示按钮边框 是否是纯色，如果为True则不绘制特效遮罩层 圆角大小 按钮边框颜色 按钮边框宽度 是否调用绘制按钮 自定义按钮边框画笔 自定义填充画笔 自定义填充画笔 自定义填充画笔 鼠标控制控件状态 按钮样式 设置控件大小 以代码形式绘制 改变颜色亮度(-1到1) 控件的状态。 正常。 鼠标进入。 鼠标按下。 获得焦点。 按钮样式 DirectUI控件集合 内部DuiControl链表， 将控件插入到指定索引处 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序。 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对某个范围内的元素进行排序。 要排序的范围的从零开始的起始索引。 要排序的范围的长度 比较元素时要使用的比较器 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合中的第一个匹配元素 确定 集合 是否包含与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素 检索与指定谓词定义的条件匹配的所有元素 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合 中第一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中的最后一个匹配元素。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中最后一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 文字呈现格式 获取或设置一个值，指示是否要在控件的右边缘显示省略号 (...) 文本对齐方式 文本渲染模式 文字到边框的距离 文字到各个边框的距离 是否绘制文字 特效颜色 自定义文本刷 文字特效 特效效果值 文字特效 默认 印版 阴影 发光 色相 0-360 饱和度 0-1 亮度 0-1 获取操作系统位数（x32/64） int 是否联网 Ping命令检测网络是否畅通 URL数据 颜色位置，0到1 在Layered模式下承载普通控件 当前是否是层绘制模式 承载窗体 表示透明区域的颜色 是否可以接受输入焦点 获取控件可视区域 是否可以接受输入焦点 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要修改 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 提供折线图，曲线图，柱状图 文本渲染模式 数据 水平缩放值 大于等于1 滚动值 图表区域内部间距 X轴颜色 Y轴颜色 图表区域填充 抗锯齿属性 是否可以缩放滚动 X轴文字 Y轴最大值 Y轴最小值 Y轴刻度分割数量，大于等于1 鼠标移入选中的线条显示 鼠标移入选中的提示背景色 鼠标移入选中的提示文字颜色 网格显示模式 网格颜色 显示滚动缩放值的线条颜色 鼠标移入图表的时候显示信息 添加数据之后要调用该方法来更新界面 封装ewe的浏览器控件，兼容大部分网站,支持一部分HTML5和CSS3，支持Flash播放，不支持WebGl，不适合做浏览器 wke内核句柄 网页缩放比例 URL 获取网页标题 是否启用Cookie 获取或设置媒体音量 0-1 启用背景透明 是否可以返回 是否可以前进 文档是否加载完成 内容宽度 内容高度 获取Cookie 获取设置浏览器的UserAgent 加载状态 全局对象，用来做JS回调C#的方法承载对象 获取全局的JS数据对象，JS数值转换需要用到 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID 创建Wke内核 加载HTML 加载文件 后退 前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 执行脚本 执行脚本，用来执行框架页里面的脚本 来自DocumentReady事件里的FrameJSState Js绑定方法 JS中方法名 绑定的方法 当网页中的JS调用JsCall方法的时候触发 文本渲染模式 设定基线值，如果数值小于基线，则图形向着Y负方向增长 增大背景宽度，保持图形大小不变,可以为负数(缩小) 增大背景高度，保持图形大小不变,可以为负数(缩小) 增大背景宽度，保持图形大小不变,可以为负数(缩小) 增大背景宽度，保持图形大小不变,可以为负数(缩小) 是否显示错误信息 只有一组数据的时候，是否使用多种颜色 3D 自动计算柱子宽度，如果数据很少请设为false,否则柱子会很宽 3D 图形的透明度 3D 效果的纵向深度 图形维数2D/3D 统计图的类型(如 折线图:Line) 柱状图中每个元素包含的柱子的数量 自定义纵坐标的最大值，用来统一调整柱子的高度 自定义纵坐标的最小值，用来统一调整柱子的高度 使用圆角矩形（针对Bar-Chart） 圆角半径（针对Bar-Chart） 线条连接点的样式（针对 折线图） 线条连接点的半径(宽度)（针对 折线图） 图表的外观样式(你只需设置这一个属性再绑定数据，一切OK了) 坐标轴线条颜色 外围上边和右边线条颜色 投影属性集合 水晶效果属性集合 颜色图例的属性集合 数值标签的属性集合 Y坐标属性集合 X坐标属性集合 图表标题属性集合 填充属性集合 填充属性集合 图形背景属性集合 趋势图的特殊属性集合 Spec Line的属性集合 X轴标签集合 初始化数据 数据源 长度12，对应样式的颜色 长度12，对应样式的颜色 长度12，对应样式的颜色 是否给图表元素加上投影效果 阴影半径 阴影距离 阴影颜色 阴影透明度 阴影角度 是否使用中空的投影，只投影图形的边框 水晶效果 全高亮水晶效果，还是半高亮水晶效果 高亮区域收缩像素 水晶效果的投射方向 是否显示 字体 前景色，大部分时候指的是字体颜色 背景色 文字 文字的位置偏移，用来微调文字在图上的位置 坐标文字的单位 坐标轴单位文字的字体 标签数量 纵坐标数值显示格式(用来控制小数位数 X坐标抽样率 X坐标文字旋转角度 颜色样式 颜色索引 纹理样式 颜色1 颜色2 颜色3 启用纹理样式 背景色的高亮色 背景色的暗色 线条的粗细 线条的颜色 使用纹理线条 纹理线条的纹理类型 Spec线条的下限 Spec线条的上限 是否显示Spec极限线条 趋势图的横坐标起始时间 趋势图的横坐标结束时间 趋势图的横坐标步长(年，月，日，时，分，秒) 趋势图的横坐标步长(年，月，日，时，分，秒) 高斯卷积矩阵 卷积核 阴影半径 阴影距离 阴影输出角度(左边平行处为0度。顺时针方向) 阴影文字的不透明度 对文字阴影位图按阴影半径计算的高斯矩阵进行卷积模糊 文字阴影位图 按给定的阴影半径生成高斯卷积矩阵 画文字阴影 画布 文字串 字体 文字串的布局矩形 文字串输出格式 画文字阴影 画布 文字串 字体 文字串的布局矩形 画文字阴影 画布 文字串 字体 文字串的输出原点 文字串输出格式 画文字阴影 画布 文字串 字体 文字串的输出原点 当前显示的图片 图片列表 初始化多张图片 图片列表 默认显示图片索引 设置缩放比例，比如100就是100% Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 子控件点击事件 所在的richTextBox 光标在控件上的位置 子控件移动事件 所在的richTextBox 光标在控件上的位置 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 控件适应图片大小，否则图片将缩放以适应控件 是否是三种状态 点击后自动更改状态 是否被选定 未选定时的图像 未选定时鼠标移入的图像 未选定时鼠标按下的图像 选定时的图像 选定时鼠标移入的图像 选定时鼠标按下的图像 半选定时的图像 半选定时鼠标移入的图像 半选定时鼠标按下的图像 显示的文字 内部填充宽度 获取或设置Check标记的外部方块的宽度，宽度与高度是相等的 获取或设置当CheckState==Indeterminate时，内部Rect的缩进量，为正值 选择框和文字的距离 选择框边框颜色 禁用时的选择框边框颜色 选中的颜色 禁用时的选中的颜色 选择框背景颜色 选择框高亮的背景色 选择框按下时候的背景色 禁用时选择框背景色 选定状态 复选框位置 禁用时的文字颜色 文本呈现质量 文本偏移 选中状态改变事件 验证码的图像 验证码的值 是否可以点击刷新验证码 背景颜色集 验证码字符集 验证码字数 创建新的Code验证码，并返回其验证码 控件创建时 点击换验证码 字体颜色改变时 背景色改变时 重绘验证码图片颜色信息 重绘时 生成随机的字母 生成字母的个数 string 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 基础层控件 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 内部DuiControl实例 背景渲染 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件图像 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 控件边框 鼠标移入时的边框颜色 边框颜色 箭头颜色 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 释放图像资源 动态列表，支持用鼠标拖拽调整顺序，以及绑定TabControl 滚动条是否可以盖住内容 滚轮每格滚动的像素值 移动滚动条顶部偏移值 移动滚动条左侧偏移值 内部纵向滚动条 内部横向滚动条 标签项集合 设置TabControl的SelectedIndex 移除标签，如果绑定了TabControl，同时也会移除对应的Page 布局方向 绑定的DSkinTabControl控件 当前选中的标签 刷新列表，对目标重新布局 移动某一个标签到另一个标签上面 准备移动的标签 目标标签 移动至顶部 准备移动的标签 移动至底部 准备移动的标签 查找标签，根据最新下标查找 获取标签在集合中的下标，非新下标 查找当前移动标签所在的标签 移动标签 目标标签 设置标签位置 获取新下标为index之前的所有项的高度 获取新下标为index之前的所有项的宽度 设置滚动条信息 父容器【DSkinDynamicListBox】 Item容器Top动画移动到新的Top位置 移动后标签的新下标，用于重新排序位置 移动后标签的新下标，用于重新排序位置 当前标签是否选中 当前标签是否选中 是否可移动标签 标签按钮Down事件，标记开始移动标签 标签按钮Move事件，移动标签和其他标签交换位置 标签按钮Up事件，停止其他标签交换位置并自动还原到已交换的标签位置 Flash播放控件，在Layered模式下可以支持透明播放 启用透明Flash播放，注意会影响性能，透明效果需要在Layered模式下才能生效 对齐方式（与 SAlign 属性联动）。当控件的 长宽比例与影片不一致且 WMode 不为 ExactFit 时，影片 （没有被放大的）在控件中显示的位置可用该属性调整。 该属性值由标志位组成。如图，将该属性值（二进制）中相 应的位标记为 1 就设置了相应的对齐方向。 属性值与相应的对齐方式（后面括号里是二进制数） 1：左对齐(0001)　　2：右对齐(0010)　　4：顶对齐 (0100)　　8：底对齐(1000) 也可以组合各种对齐方式，同时将两个或以上的位标 记为 1 ，也就是将这四个基本值组合相加。比如同时左对齐 和顶对齐，属性值则设为 5（0101）。 例子 ： 设置影片为右对齐 ： movie.AlignMode = 2 允许全屏 "all"（默认值）― SWF 文件中允许使用所有网络 API。 "internal"― SWF 文件可能不调用浏览器导航或浏览器交互 API，但是它会调用任何其它网络 API。 "none"― SWF 文件可能不调用浏览器导航或浏览器交互 API，并且它无法使用任何 SWF 到 SWF 通信 API。 可以控制 SWF 文件对网络功能的访问。调用被禁止的 API 会引发 SecurityError 异常。 sameDomain：仅当 SWF 文件和网页位于同一域中时才允许执行外出脚本访问。这是 AVM2 内容的默认值。 never：外出脚本访问将始终失败。 always：外出脚本访问将始终成功。 AllowScriptAccess 参数可以防止从一个域中承载的 SWF 文件访问来自另一个域的 HTML 页面中的脚本。 对从另一个域承载的所有 SWF 文件使用 AllowScriptAccess="never" 可以确保位于 HTML 页面中的脚本的安全性。 影片的背景色（与 BGColor 联动）。以（红× 65536 ＋绿× 256 ＋蓝）计算颜色值。红绿蓝颜色取 值范围（0-255 ）。默认的影片背景色为 -1 。如果影片 设置了底色或有图片当作背景，那么看不出来该属性值的 改变会有什么影响 。例子：将影片背景色设为蓝色 ：movie.BackgroundColor = 255 指定用于解决影片中所有相对路径的声明的基 地址。当影片与其需要的其他文件不在同一目录中的时候该 属性特别有用。如不特别指定，Base 的值默认为 "."，也就 是当前影片所在的路径。例子 ：movie.Base = "Http://www.dskin.net/pathname1/pathname2" 缩放模式（与 ScaleMode 联动）。Scale 可以 取: ShowAll ——在控件内显示全部影片区域，保持影片 长宽比例不变，影片的大小决定于控件长或宽中较小的一 边 。 NoBorder ——在控件内显示部分影片区域，保持影片 长宽比例不变，影片的大小决定于控件长或宽中较大的一 边 。 ExactFit ——在控件内显示全部影片区域，将影片的长 宽比例强制等于控件的长宽比例 决定是否使用影片内嵌的字体 ，将该属性值设为 True 则强制播放器不使用影片中 内嵌的字体而使用本地系统字体。 影片是否被存贮到控件所在的容器中。当你已载入一个影片后将该属性设为 True ，播放影片时就不必再去读 SWF 文件了。这使得在 Powerpoint 简报或 VB 程序 里使用 Flash 影片更容易。但将该属性设为 True 后，控 件的 Movie 属性就不再接受新的值了。要想播放另一个影 片（给 Movie 属性赋新值），必须先将 EmbedMovie 属 性设为 False 。 Flash参数 影片当前帧的编号 （从 0 开始计数 ）。设置 该属性值将使影片停在由 FrameNum 指定的帧处。 是否循环播放。设为 True 是循环播放，设为 False 则只播放一次。 是否显示菜单。设为 True 显示所有菜单，设为 False 菜单被屏蔽 要播放的影片路径（URL ）。设置该属性为 一个 SWF 文件的 URL 将载入文件并播放它。若影片是在 本地硬盘上，要写成从盘符开始的绝对路径；若影片是在 某网站上，也要写全 URL 地址。 当前播放状态。如果影片正在播放，该属性 值为 True ，否则为 False 画面质量（与 Quality2 联动）。Quality 可 以取: 0 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "Low" 1 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "High" 2 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "AutoLow" 3 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "AutoHigh" 画面质量(与 Quality 联动)。Quality2 可以取: Low ：偏重于播放速度而不管显示效果，而且不启用消锯齿功能 。 High ：偏重于画面而不管播放速度，并且总是启用 消锯齿功能。如果影片中不包含动画就平滑处理位图；如 果有动画，那么位图就不被平滑处理。（这里的动画应该 是把一张图片做平移或旋转） AutoLow ：先着重于播放速度，但只要有可能就改 善显示效果。一开始播放时先禁用消锯齿功能。如果播放 器检测到处理器能承受得了 ，就启用消锯齿功能 。 AutoHigh：一开始是播放速度和显示效果并重，但 如有必要就牺牲画质确保速度。开始播放时就启用消锯齿 功能。但如果实际的帧速率比设计时指定的速率慢了，就 禁用消锯齿功能来提高播放速度。 影片的当前状态。ReadyState 可以取： 0 ——正在载入 1 ——未初始化 2 ——已载入 3 ——正在交互 4 ——完成 对齐模式（与 AlignMode 联动）。当 AlignMode代表各对齐模式的位被置“1”时，SAlign 值也相应被设为“L”（Left）、“T”（Top）、“R”（Right）、“B”（Bottom）各 字符的组合。（‘L’、‘T’、‘R’、‘B’的先后顺序不变） 缩放模式(与 Scale 联动)。ScaleMode 可以取： 0 ——相当于 Scale 取 "ShowAll" 1 ——相当于 Scale 取 "NoBorder" 2 ——相当于 Scale 取 "ExactFit" 总帧数 控件的窗口模式。WMode 可以取： Window —— WMode 属性的默认值，按 Flash 播放器典型的方式工作，即在控件的矩形窗口中播放影片，这样一 般都能提供最快的动画效果。Opaque ——使影片不透明。 Transparent ——创建一个透明的影片。如果影片中有透明的片段，放到这里时，就可以看到控件下面的背景。但 使用此属性值，动画的播放速度可能会慢一些。 影片后退一帧 ， 并且停止播放 影片前进一帧 ， 并且停止播放 将影片跳转到由 FrameNum 指定的帧，并且 停止播放。如果所指定的帧还未载入，播放器前进到最后 的可用帧并停下，在调用过程中会产生无法预料的后果。 最好使用 PercentLoaded 方法来确定是否已载入足够的影片 来执行本方法。参数 FrameNum 是从 0 开始的，这和 Flash 中的 Goto 动作不一样，它是从 1 开始的。 将由 url 指定的影片载入到由 layer 指定的层上 将一个放大过的影片平移由 x 和 y 指定的距离。 x 和 y 均为相对值。即控件相对于影片来说平移的距离（你 可以想象控件是一个窗户，影片是我们从窗户里看到的放 在外面的布景, 我们看到窗户相对于布景平移了一些距离， 那是外面的布景在动，而窗户是不动的）。用 mode 参数 来指定 x 和 y 的值是像素还是窗口的百分比，当 mode=0 时 坐标系以像素为单位；mode=1 时坐标系就以窗口的百分 比来计算。 平移并不能超出影片的边框，也就是说，往 一个方向平移最多到达影片的边缘与控件对齐的程度。 开始播放影片 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，把由 property 指定的属性设为由 value 指定的值（数字）。property 是 一个代表相应属性的编号 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，返回由 property 指定的属性值（数字）。其中，property 是一个代表相应属 性的编号 返回控件版本号。该值共有三个字节，依次是主 版本号、次版本号、修订版本号。如我用的 Flash 播放器控 件用此方法返回值是 3 2 7 7 2 2 ，相当于十六进制的 &h05002A,相当于 5.00.42 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，转到由 FrameNum 指定的帧 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，转到由 label 指定的帧 返回由 target 指定的时间轴中当前帧的号码。返 回的帧号码是从 0 开始的，也就是说影片的第一帧为 0 ，第 二帧为 1,以此类推 返回由 target 指定的时间轴中当前帧的标签。 如果没有当前帧的标签，则返回一个空字符串 播放由 target 指定的时间轴 停止播放由 target 指定的时间轴 将由 name 指定的 Flash 变量值设为 value 返回 name 指定的 Flash 变量的值。如果变量 不存在则返回 null 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，把由 property 指 定的属性设为由 value 指定的值（字符串）。property 是一个 代表相应属性的编号 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，返回由 property 指定的属性值（字符串）。其中，property 是一个代表相应 属性的编号 在由 target 指定的时间轴中，执行由 FrameNum 指定的帧中的动作 在由 target 指定的时间轴中，执行由 label 指定的帧中的动作 将影片中指定的矩形区域放大到控件的大小。 left(左)、top(顶)、right(右)、bottom(底)的坐标值是相 对于控件中的影片有效位置计算的。注意哟，这个函数是 从影片的有效区域的左上角开始计算，而不是控件的左上 角 以 factor 指定的相对百分比来缩放视图。factor 可以理解为从控件窗口看到的影片占实际大小的百分比。将 factor 设为 0，则视图还原成 100% 大小。当前视图已经是 100% 时不能再将其缩小 停止播放影片 倒带。返回到影片的第一帧 停止播放影片 返回影片的当前帧数。影片的第一帧为 0 如果影片正在播放则返回 true 返回目前已经载入的影片的百分比。取值范围 从 0 到 100 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 启用透明Flash播放，注意会影响性能，透明效果需要在Layered模式下才能生效 将Flash绘制到位图上 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 控件图像 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 不能设置 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 释放图像资源 对齐方式（与 SAlign 属性联动）。当控件的 长宽比例与影片不一致且 WMode 不为 ExactFit 时，影片 （没有被放大的）在控件中显示的位置可用该属性调整。 该属性值由标志位组成。如图，将该属性值（二进制）中相 应的位标记为 1 就设置了相应的对齐方向。 属性值与相应的对齐方式（后面括号里是二进制数） 1：左对齐(0001)　　2：右对齐(0010)　　4：顶对齐 (0100)　　8：底对齐(1000) 也可以组合各种对齐方式，同时将两个或以上的位标 记为 1 ，也就是将这四个基本值组合相加。比如同时左对齐 和顶对齐，属性值则设为 5（0101）。 例子 ： 设置影片为右对齐 ： movie.AlignMode = 2 允许全屏 "all"（默认值）― SWF 文件中允许使用所有网络 API。 "internal"― SWF 文件可能不调用浏览器导航或浏览器交互 API，但是它会调用任何其它网络 API。 "none"― SWF 文件可能不调用浏览器导航或浏览器交互 API，并且它无法使用任何 SWF 到 SWF 通信 API。 可以控制 SWF 文件对网络功能的访问。调用被禁止的 API 会引发 SecurityError 异常。 sameDomain：仅当 SWF 文件和网页位于同一域中时才允许执行外出脚本访问。这是 AVM2 内容的默认值。 never：外出脚本访问将始终失败。 always：外出脚本访问将始终成功。 AllowScriptAccess 参数可以防止从一个域中承载的 SWF 文件访问来自另一个域的 HTML 页面中的脚本。 对从另一个域承载的所有 SWF 文件使用 AllowScriptAccess="never" 可以确保位于 HTML 页面中的脚本的安全性。 影片的背景色（与 BGColor 联动）。以（红× 65536 ＋绿× 256 ＋蓝）计算颜色值。红绿蓝颜色取 值范围（0-255 ）。默认的影片背景色为 -1 。如果影片 设置了底色或有图片当作背景，那么看不出来该属性值的 改变会有什么影响 。例子：将影片背景色设为蓝色 ：movie.BackgroundColor = 255 指定用于解决影片中所有相对路径的声明的基 地址。当影片与其需要的其他文件不在同一目录中的时候该 属性特别有用。如不特别指定，Base 的值默认为 "."，也就 是当前影片所在的路径。例子 ：movie.Base = "Http://www.dskin.net/pathname1/pathname2" 缩放模式（与 ScaleMode 联动）。Scale 可以 取: ShowAll ——在控件内显示全部影片区域，保持影片 长宽比例不变，影片的大小决定于控件长或宽中较小的一 边 。 NoBorder ——在控件内显示部分影片区域，保持影片 长宽比例不变，影片的大小决定于控件长或宽中较大的一 边 。 ExactFit ——在控件内显示全部影片区域，将影片的长 宽比例强制等于控件的长宽比例 决定是否使用影片内嵌的字体 ，将该属性值设为 True 则强制播放器不使用影片中 内嵌的字体而使用本地系统字体。 影片是否被存贮到控件所在的容器中。当你已载入一个影片后将该属性设为 True ，播放影片时就不必再去读 SWF 文件了。这使得在 Powerpoint 简报或 VB 程序 里使用 Flash 影片更容易。但将该属性设为 True 后，控 件的 Movie 属性就不再接受新的值了。要想播放另一个影 片（给 Movie 属性赋新值），必须先将 EmbedMovie 属 性设为 False 。 Flash参数 影片当前帧的编号 （从 0 开始计数 ）。设置 该属性值将使影片停在由 FrameNum 指定的帧处。 内部数据 是否循环播放。设为 True 是循环播放，设为 False 则只播放一次。 是否显示菜单。设为 True 显示所有菜单，设为 False 菜单被屏蔽 要播放的影片路径（URL ）。设置该属性为 一个 SWF 文件的 URL 将载入文件并播放它。若影片是在 本地硬盘上，要写成从盘符开始的绝对路径；若影片是在 某网站上，也要写全 URL 地址。 当前播放状态。如果影片正在播放，该属性 值为 True ，否则为 False 画面质量（与 Quality2 联动）。Quality 可 以取: 0 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "Low" 1 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "High" 2 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "AutoLow" 3 ——相当于 Quality2 取 "AutoHigh" 画面质量(与 Quality 联动)。Quality2 可以取: Low ：偏重于播放速度而不管显示效果，而且不启用消锯齿功能 。 High ：偏重于画面而不管播放速度，并且总是启用 消锯齿功能。如果影片中不包含动画就平滑处理位图；如 果有动画，那么位图就不被平滑处理。（这里的动画应该 是把一张图片做平移或旋转） AutoLow ：先着重于播放速度，但只要有可能就改 善显示效果。一开始播放时先禁用消锯齿功能。如果播放 器检测到处理器能承受得了 ，就启用消锯齿功能 。 AutoHigh：一开始是播放速度和显示效果并重，但 如有必要就牺牲画质确保速度。开始播放时就启用消锯齿 功能。但如果实际的帧速率比设计时指定的速率慢了，就 禁用消锯齿功能来提高播放速度。 影片的当前状态。ReadyState 可以取： 0 ——正在载入 1 ——未初始化 2 ——已载入 3 ——正在交互 4 ——完成 对齐模式（与 AlignMode 联动）。当 AlignMode代表各对齐模式的位被置“1”时，SAlign 值也相应被设为“L”（Left）、“T”（Top）、“R”（Right）、“B”（Bottom）各 字符的组合。（‘L’、‘T’、‘R’、‘B’的先后顺序不变） 缩放模式(与 Scale 联动)。ScaleMode 可以取： 0 ——相当于 Scale 取 "ShowAll" 1 ——相当于 Scale 取 "NoBorder" 2 ——相当于 Scale 取 "ExactFit" 总帧数 控件的窗口模式。WMode 可以取： Window —— WMode 属性的默认值，按 Flash 播放器典型的方式工作，即在控件的矩形窗口中播放影片，这样一 般都能提供最快的动画效果。Opaque ——使影片不透明。 Transparent ——创建一个透明的影片。如果影片中有透明的片段，放到这里时，就可以看到控件下面的背景。但 使用此属性值，动画的播放速度可能会慢一些。 影片后退一帧 ， 并且停止播放 影片前进一帧 ， 并且停止播放 将影片跳转到由 FrameNum 指定的帧，并且 停止播放。如果所指定的帧还未载入，播放器前进到最后 的可用帧并停下，在调用过程中会产生无法预料的后果。 最好使用 PercentLoaded 方法来确定是否已载入足够的影片 来执行本方法。参数 FrameNum 是从 0 开始的，这和 Flash 中的 Goto 动作不一样，它是从 1 开始的。 将由 url 指定的影片载入到由 layer 指定的层上 将一个放大过的影片平移由 x 和 y 指定的距离。 x 和 y 均为相对值。即控件相对于影片来说平移的距离（你 可以想象控件是一个窗户，影片是我们从窗户里看到的放 在外面的布景, 我们看到窗户相对于布景平移了一些距离， 那是外面的布景在动，而窗户是不动的）。用 mode 参数 来指定 x 和 y 的值是像素还是窗口的百分比，当 mode=0 时 坐标系以像素为单位；mode=1 时坐标系就以窗口的百分 比来计算。 平移并不能超出影片的边框，也就是说，往 一个方向平移最多到达影片的边缘与控件对齐的程度。 开始播放影片 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，把由 property 指定的属性设为由 value 指定的值（数字）。property 是 一个代表相应属性的编号 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，返回由 property 指定的属性值（数字）。其中，property 是一个代表相应属 性的编号 返回控件版本号。该值共有三个字节，依次是主 版本号、次版本号、修订版本号。如我用的 Flash 播放器控 件用此方法返回值是 3 2 7 7 2 2 ，相当于十六进制的 &h05002A;相当于 5.00.42 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，转到由 FrameNum 指定的帧 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，转到由 label 指定的帧 返回由 target 指定的时间轴中当前帧的号码。返 回的帧号码是从 0 开始的，也就是说影片的第一帧为 0 ，第 二帧为 1,以此类推 返回由 target 指定的时间轴中当前帧的标签。 如果没有当前帧的标签，则返回一个空字符串 播放由 target 指定的时间轴 停止播放由 target 指定的时间轴 将由 name 指定的 Flash 变量值设为 value 返回 name 指定的 Flash 变量的值。如果变量 不存在则返回 null 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，把由 property 指 定的属性设为由 value 指定的值（字符串）。property 是一个 代表相应属性的编号 对于由 target 指定的时间轴，返回由 property 指定的属性值（字符串）。其中，property 是一个代表相应 属性的编号 在由 target 指定的时间轴中，执行由 FrameNum 指定的帧中的动作 在由 target 指定的时间轴中，执行由 label 指定的帧中的动作 将影片中指定的矩形区域放大到控件的大小。 left(左)、top(顶)、right(右)、bottom(底)的坐标值是相 对于控件中的影片有效位置计算的。注意哟，这个函数是 从影片的有效区域的左上角开始计算，而不是控件的左上 角 以 factor 指定的相对百分比来缩放视图。factor 可以理解为从控件窗口看到的影片占实际大小的百分比。将 factor 设为 0，则视图还原成 100% 大小。当前视图已经是 100% 时不能再将其缩小 停止播放影片 倒带。返回到影片的第一帧 停止播放影片 返回影片的当前帧数。影片的第一帧为 0 如果影片正在播放则返回 true 返回目前已经载入的影片的百分比。取值范围 从 0 到 100 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 滚动条宽度 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 背景渲染 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 绘制控件 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 右下角图片，左右滚动条显示之后才有显示 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件图像 该事件主要用在容器控件 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 DSkinGridList 单元格模板，旧版单词写错了的类。建议用DSkinGridListCellTemplate DSkinGridList 行模板，旧版单词写错了的类。建议用DSkinGridListRowTemplate DSkinGridList 单元格模板 当前单元格数据，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 所属的DSkinGridList，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListCell，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListCell，不能在构造函数里获取 DSkinGridList行模板 当前行数据，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 所属的DSkinGridList，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListRow，不能在构造函数里获取 所属DSkinGridListRow，不能在构造函数里获取 表格控件 DSkinGridList头部默认鼠标移入刷子 DSkinGridList头部默认鼠标按下刷子 DSkinGridList头部默认刷子 行模板 必须为 DSkinGirdListTemplate 类型 头部鼠标移入刷子 头部鼠标按下刷子 头部刷子 头部前景色 头部字体 单行背景色 双行背景色 鼠标移入行背景色 选中行背景色 网格线颜色 表格线条显示方式 行集合 获取或设置数据源显示其数据的列表或表的名称 数据源 数据集 行高 是否可以选中行 是否整行铺满 是否显示标题行 是否可以通过鼠标调整列宽 列表项 内部列头 列表头高度 内部列表 横向滚动条 竖向滚动条 选中的行Item项（最后点击的item项） 数据列表右键菜单 选中的行Item项集合 是否启用排序 分页控件首页按钮属性设置 分页控件末页按钮属性设置 分页控件上一页按钮属性设置 分页控件下一页按钮属性设置 分页控件跳转按钮属性设置 设置列表Columns项控件的位置 横向滚动条显示/隐藏判断方法 当模板为EditableTemplate 时有效 当模板为EditableTemplate 时有效 总页数 每页显示数据条数 第几页 数据量 是否启用分页显示 是否自定义分页 绑定数据源和显示数据 获取每行数据中对应字段的值 显示数据 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 添加一行数据 初始化单元格 初始化单元格 初始化单元格 控件项目的字体 前景色 背景图 背景图布局 控件项目的Text，对于控件类型为 DuiTextBox, DuiLabel, DuiButton,DuiCombobox Text和Value是对应的 获取和设置单元格关联的值，可以是图片、字符串、布尔。需要注意的是需要对应的控件类型 获取内容尺寸，或者设置图片尺寸 虚拟控件布局排列样式 自定义数据结构 SubItem项的控件项目类型 单元格模板，类型必须为 DSkinGirdListCellTemplate 所属DSkinGridListRow 单元格的控件项目 释放SubItem 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 控件类型 列表头项 列项标识 SubItem项的控件项目类型 虚拟控件布局排列样式 列名称 列宽度 是否可见 绑定到数据源的属性或者数据库列的名称 排序 是否启用排序 单元格模板，类型必须为 DSkinGirdListCellTemplate 可以拖拽的最小宽度 设置拖拽的最大宽度 与控件关联的用户自定义数据 排序模式 无 降序 升序 自定义数据 单元格集合 Item项的高度 是否选中 控件项目 行模板 必须为 DSkinGirdListTemplate 类型 当前行数据 设置SubItem的位置 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 可以支持文字编辑的单元格模板 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 文字渲染模式 弃用 边框颜色 圆角大小，0以上，包括0 边框画笔 阴影线条间空间的颜色 阴影线条的颜色。 阴影样式 基础样式 the base stylesheet data used in the panel The text rendering hint to be used for text rendering. The CSS class used for tooltip html root div the control that the tooltip is currently showing on.
Used for link handling. timer used to handle mouse move events when mouse is over the tooltip.
Used for link handling. the handle of the actual tooltip window used to know when the tooltip is hidden
Used for link handling. If to handle links in the tooltip (default: false).
When set to true the mouse pointer will change to hand when hovering over a tooltip and if clicked the event will be raised although the tooltip will be closed. Init. 当用户点击一个链接在 html 中时引发.
允许取消链接的执行。 当 html 渲染的过程中出错时引发 通过链接或者路径加载样式的时候触发
此事件允许手动提供样式表或提供新的源 (文件或 uri) 从加载。
如果没有替代的数据提供，则将使用原始的源。
 通过链接或者路径加载图片的时候触发
此事件允许手动，提供图像如果不处理图像将从文件或从 URI 下载加载。 文本渲染模式 基础样式 用于工具提示 html 根 div 的 CSS 类 (默认: htmltooltip)
Setting to 'null' clear base style on the tooltip.
Set custom class found in to change the base style of the tooltip. 是否要处理在工具提示中的链接 (默认: false)。
当设置为 true，鼠标指针会改变手当鼠标悬停在工具提示和 如果单击 虽然将关闭工具提示，将引发事件。 获取和设置最大尺寸 An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. On tooltip appear set the html by the associated control, layout and set the tooltip size by the html size. Draw the html using the tooltip graphics. Adjust the location of the tooltip window to the location of the mouse and handle if the tooltip window will try to appear outside the boundaries of the control. the control the tooltip is appearing on the size of the tooltip window Propagate the LinkClicked event from root container. Propagate the Render Error event from root container. Propagate the stylesheet load event from root container. Propagate the image load event from root container. Raised on link handling timer tick, used for: 1. Know when the tooltip is hidden by checking the visibility of the tooltip window. 2. Call HandleMouseMove so the mouse cursor will react if over a link element. 3. Call HandleMouseDown and HandleMouseUp to simulate click on a link if one was clicked. Unsubscribe from events and dispose of . 图标样式 图标 图标尺寸 尺寸单位 渐变颜色集合，注意渐变颜色距离只能在0到1之间，第一个为0，最后一个为1 渐变宽度 获取或设置一个值，该值指示是否为该 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.LinearGradientBrush 启用了灰度校正。 环绕模式 Item模板内容 Item所在DSkinListBox容器 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 封装MiniBlink功能比Wke更加完善 Cookie文件路径 数据存储路径 当前所有绑定的页面 关闭后，点 a 标签将不会弹出新窗口，而是在本窗口跳转 开启后，将不会渲染页面，提升了网页性能。此功能方便用来实现一些爬虫，或者刷单工具， 页面是否加载失败 页面是否加载成功 启用背景透明 加载完成 Title 调用JQuery，页面需要引用JQuery cookie格式必须是:Set-cookie: PRODUCTINFO=webxpress; domain=.fidelity.com; path=/; secure JS上下文句柄 解析 cookies.dat文件得到Cookie,没有判断 path，只有 域的判断 获取或设置网页源码 内核句柄 绑定方法的对象 是否可以返回 是否可以前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 撤销 重做 取消选择 停止加载 调用JS，方法闭包，返回值要加return 打开开发者工具 网络响应数据获取，需要先在ReadData事件里设置ReadyReadRespone 下拉框 控件托管 时间格式 下拉选择只显示日期部分 选中的背景色 层Panel容器控件 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 背景渲染 鼠标滚轮滚动像素偏移 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 绘制控件 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件图像 该事件主要用在容器控件 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 多边形顶点，最少需要3个点 渐变颜色集合，注意渐变颜色距离只能在0到1之间，第一个为0，最后一个为1 获取或设置换行模式。 画笔控件 内部画笔 画笔的画刷 获取或设置此 System.Drawing.Pen 的对齐方式。 获取或设置此 System.Drawing.Pen 的颜色。 获取或设置用于指定复合钢笔的值数组。复合钢笔绘制由平行直线和空白区域组成的复合直线。 获取或设置用在短划线终点的线帽样式，这些短划线构成通过此 System.Drawing.Pen 绘制的虚线。 获取或设置直线的起点到短划线图案起始处的距离。 获取或设置自定义的短划线和空白区域的数组。 获取或设置用于通过此 System.Drawing.Pen 绘制的虚线的样式。 获取或设置要在通过此 System.Drawing.Pen 绘制的直线终点使用的线帽样式。 获取或设置通过此 System.Drawing.Pen 绘制的两条连续直线的端点的联接样式。 获取或设置斜接角上联接宽度的限制。 获取或设置在通过此 System.Drawing.Pen 绘制的直线起点使用的线帽样式。 获取或设置此 System.Drawing.Pen 的宽度，以用于绘图的 System.Drawing.Graphics 对象为单位。 自定义显示数值格式 最大值 最小值 当前指示数值 进度条前景色集合 前景渐变色角度 前景图片 前景图片九宫格分割宽度 自定义前景进度刷 前景图片绘制模式 Value改变之后发生 设置被选中的时候内部园的缩进量 当用户点击滚动条或者按Page Up PageDown 键时，滚动框位置变动的幅度 当用户点击滚动箭头或按箭头键时，滚动框位置变动的幅度 可滚动的下限值 可滚动的上限值 滚动框位置标示的值 滚动条方向 滚动框颜色 鼠标移入时候滚动框的颜色 鼠标按下时候滚动框的颜色 中间滚动框长度 箭头范围高度 箭头颜色 鼠标移入箭头的颜色 鼠标按下箭头的颜色 圆角 滚动框图片 滚动框图片 滚动框图片 滚动框九宫格图片切割宽度 滚动条内边距 箭头和滚动框空白距离 显示箭头 Value改变之后发生 滚动条绘制图片-统一设置 横向滚动条轴 横向滚动条箭头 横向滚动条滑块 竖向滚动条轴 竖向滚动条箭头 竖向滚动条滑块 右下角推块 是否启用LayoutContent，如果为False则自动布局和LayoutContent将失效 关联的TabControl 项目集合，只有DSkinTabItem才会与TabControl内部的TabPage关联 被选中的DSkinTabItem在Items里的索引 鼠标移入自动获取焦点 方向 内容长度 滚动的百分比（0-1） 列表起始值顶部位置 列表起始值顶部位置 重新布局内容 设置某个TabItem被选中 DSkinTabBar选项按钮项目 TabItem关联的TabBar 关联的TabPage 是否被选中 设置选中 被选中的DSkinTabItem 按钮图片 按钮鼠标移入时的图片 按钮鼠标按下时的图片 按钮大小 按钮位置偏移 按钮颜色 按钮颜色 按钮颜色 按钮背景色 按钮鼠标移入背景色 按钮鼠标按下背景色 背景渲染 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 是否启用关闭按钮 关闭按钮 选项卡切换按钮箭头颜色 选项卡切换按钮箭头颜色 选项卡切换按钮背景颜色 选项卡切换按钮边框颜色 需要重绘的控件 文本渲染模式 正常状态下的选项卡渐变背景色 鼠标移入选项卡的渐变背景色 被选中的选项卡渐变背景色 图片绘制区域 Page图标大小 指定选项卡上图像与文本的对齐方式 将在选项卡标签上显示的文本的对齐方式 选项卡文本与图标之间的间隙 Page图标文本整体偏移 Page标签默认时字体色 Page标签悬浮时字体色 Page标签按下时字体色 是否开启Tab图标三效状态切换 文本偏移 控件绘制 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 tabPage集合 控件图像 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 项目背景图片 鼠标移入时项目背景图片 被选中的项目背景图片 鼠标移入选项卡的Id 获取或设置当前选定的选项卡页的索引。当前选定的选项卡页的从零开始的索引。默认值为 -1，当未选定任何选项卡页时也为此值。 控件边框 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 分割线颜色 分割线宽度 根据index获取Tab标签真实大小 tabPage里面控件添加 绑定子控件重绘事件 取消子控件的事件绑定 获取选项卡整个区域（用来重绘选项卡） 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 该事件主要用在LayeredPanel和LayeredTabControl 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 释放图像资源 当前是否是层绘制模式 图片绘制区域 是否显示关闭按钮 当前Tab选项卡图标 是否能选中当前项 选项卡切换按钮箭头颜色 选项卡切换按钮箭头颜色 选项卡切换按钮背景颜色 选项卡切换按钮边框颜色 克隆一个TabPage 素体 衍生体 LayeredTabPage集合编辑器 字体颜色是否统一变换 箭头颜色 Base背景颜色 Item边框颜色 Item圆角样式 Item圆角大小 控件背景色 Item分隔符颜色 Item悬浮时背景色 Item按下时背景色 Item是否启用渐变 Item背景色是否启用渐变 控件字体颜色 控件悬浮时字体颜色 弹出菜单分隔符与边框的颜色 控件圆角大小 控件圆角样式 文本渲染模式 菜单标头背景色 菜单标头背景色是否启用渐变 菜单标头圆角大小 菜单标头圆角样式 标题分割线颜色 选中的勾 当前是否是层绘制模式 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 九宫绘画区域 BaseItem悬浮时背景图 选中的勾 BaseItem按下时背景图 BaseItem字体是否有辉光效果 BaseItem辉光字体光圈大小 BaseItem辉光字体光圈颜色 BaseItem分隔符颜色 BaseItem点击时颜色 BaseItem悬浮时颜色 BaseItem边框颜色 BaseItem是否显示边框 颜色绘制BaseItem时，是否启用颜色渐变效果 Base圆角大小 Base圆角样式 Base字体颜色 Base悬浮时字体颜色 字体颜色是否统一变换 箭头颜色 Base背景颜色 Item边框颜色 Item圆角样式 Item圆角大小 控件背景色 Item悬浮时背景色 Item按下时背景色 Item是否启用渐变 Item是否显示边框 控件字体颜色 控件悬浮时字体颜色 文本渲染模式 弹出菜单分隔符与边框的颜色 控件圆角大小 控件圆角样式 菜单标头背景色 菜单标头背景色是否启用渐变 菜单标头圆角大小 菜单标头圆角样式 标题分割线颜色 失效区域，下次将重绘该区域 创建画布 位图缓存模式 绘制控件 获取或设置控件选择项是否在其包含没有输入焦点的窗体时单击。 当前是否是层绘制模式 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 绑定要操作的TabControl 九宫绘画区域 BaseItem悬浮时背景图 选中的勾 BaseItem按下时背景图 BaseItem默认背景图 BaseItem文本偏移度 BaseItem字体是否有辉光效果 BaseItem辉光字体光圈大小 BaseItem辉光字体光圈颜色 BaseItem分隔符颜色 BaseItem点击时颜色 BaseItem悬浮时颜色 BaseItem边框颜色 BaseItem是否显示边框 颜色绘制BaseItem时，是否启用颜色渐变效果 Base圆角大小 Base圆角样式 Base字体颜色 Base悬浮时字体颜色 箭头颜色 Base背景颜色 Item边框颜色 Item圆角样式 Item圆角大小 字体颜色是否统一变换 控件背景色 Item悬浮时背景色 Item按下时背景色 Item是否启用渐变 Item是否显示边框 控件字体颜色 文本渲染模式 控件悬浮时字体颜色 弹出菜单分隔符与边框的颜色 控件圆角大小 控件圆角样式 菜单标头背景色 菜单标头背景色是否启用渐变 菜单标头圆角大小 菜单标头圆角样式 标题分割线颜色 初始化绑定的Tab 每添加一个ToolStripButton都给他加一个CheckedChanged事件 每一项Btn的CheckedChanged事件 实现TabControl切换Tabpage时也切换Item按钮 实现按钮点击时切换TabPage 失效区域，下次将重绘该区域 创建画布 位图缓存模式 绘制控件 获取或设置控件选择项是否在其包含没有输入焦点的窗体时单击。 表格边框画笔 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 滚动条宽度 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 背景渲染 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 绘制控件 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 右下角图片，左右滚动条显示之后才有显示 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件图像 该事件主要用在容器控件 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 调用私有方法 获取与和设置此 System.Drawing.TextureBrush 对象关联的 System.Drawing.Image 对象。 获取或设置 System.Drawing.Drawing2D.WrapMode 枚举，它指示此 System.Drawing.TextureBrush 对象的换行模式。 继承者必须重写CreateBrush()方法 内部填充刷 变换操作集合，只对一部分有效果 重新创建Brush Parses a color string. #ffffff、r,g,b、a,r,g,b Parses a color to brush 内部列表 展开所有 折叠所有 水平滚动值 子节点 显示复选框 显示图标 图标尺寸 文本渲染模式 打开关闭按钮的尺寸 图标 展开图标 展开图标 展开图标 关闭图标 关闭图标 关闭图标 项目鼠标移入背景色 项目鼠标移入边框颜色 被选中的项目背景色 被选中的项目边框颜色 内部滚动条 被选中的节点 子节点和父节点的偏移量，像素 未选定时的图像 未选定时鼠标移入的图像 未选定时鼠标按下的图像 选定时的图像 选定时鼠标移入的图像 选定时鼠标按下的图像 半选定时的图像 半选定时鼠标移入的图像 半选定时鼠标按下的图像 鼠标拖拽进入的项目背景色 启用鼠标拖拽 获取所有节点 内容宽度超过之后水平滚动条是否显示 水平滚动条 自定义模板 控件项目 项目左边偏移 展开节点 关闭节点 子节点是否打开 打开关闭按钮的尺寸 图标尺寸 图标 子节点 显示的文本 与控件关联的用户自定义数据 选定状态 是否第一次加载节点 是否自定义样式 是否加载子节点 文本字体 文本颜色 文本渲染模式 显示复选框 显示图标 父节点 所属的DSkinTreeView 节点深度 展开按钮图片 展开按钮图片 展开按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 关闭按钮图片 是否选中 是否可以选中 Selected 属性改变之后 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 所属节点，不能在构造函数里获取 自动偏移 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 滚动条宽度 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 背景渲染 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 绘制控件 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 右下角图片，左右滚动条显示之后才有显示 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件图像 该事件主要用在容器控件 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 wke内核句柄 URL 加载HTML 加载文件 网页缩放 获取网页标题 是否启用Cookie 获取或设置媒体音量 0-1 启用背景透明 后退 是否可以返回 前进 是否可以前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 创建浏览器内核 文档是否加载完成 内容宽度 内容高度 获取Cookie 执行脚本 Js绑定方法 JS中方法名 绑定的方法 参数数量 边框颜色 文字渲染模式 渐变背景色1 渐变背景色2 标题字体色 提示字体色 ICon图标 透明度 获取或设置提示文字的字体 圆形进度条 无参构造 获取或设置圆形进度条的颜色 获取或设置一个值，指示是否应自动启动动画 获取或设置小圆形的大小，从0.1到1。 获取或设置动画速度。 获取或设置用于在动画圈里的速率圈数。 NumberOfCircles is out of range. 获取或设置用于在动画圈的残影数量。 NumberOfCircles is out of range. 获取或设置一个值，指示是否应顺时针或逆时针旋转。 获取或设置百分比值。 Percentage is out of range. 获取或设置一个值，指示是否应显示百分比值。 获取或设置一个值，指示是否控制要显示的文字。 获取或设置将在控件显示的文本显示模式。 文本渲染模式 Starts the animation. Stops the animation. 枚举用于指示旋转方向的控制。 指出应顺时针旋转。 表明要逆时针旋转。 此枚举用于选择什么样的文本应该在控件显示。 没有文本将显示在控件。 控件将显示属性值的百分比。 控件将显示文本属性的值。 控件将显示值的文本和百分比特性。 内部文本框控件 列表项目集合 字符串转项目，一行一个 该值指示下拉框是否处于显示状态 内部列表项目被选中索引 被选中的虚拟控件 是否自动绘制被选中项目 内部列表控件 下拉框 显示下拉箭头 单列下拉列表项目鼠标移入的背景色 自动绘制项目的左间距 下拉框自适应 是否可以编辑 选中项目之后自动关闭下拉框 下拉框最大长度 绑定显示的字段 绑定的值的字段 数据源 选中的值 刷新绑定 显示的模板，类型需要继承DuiBaseControl，绑定的时候显示的值将会设置给Text属性，值设置给Tag 关闭下拉框 添加项目 显示下拉框 内部列表控件中的被选中项目索引改变时候发生 触发SelectedIndexChanged事件 上按钮 下按钮 内部文本框 按钮宽度 获取或设置单击向上或向下按钮时，数字显示框（也称作 up-down 控件）递增或递减的值。 获取或设置数字显示框（也称作 up-down 控件）的最大值。 获取或设置数字显示框（也称作 up-down 控件）的最小允许值 获取或设置赋给数字显示框（也称作 up-down 控件）的值。 文本对齐方式 按钮边框颜色 按钮基础色 箭头颜色 标题背景是否开启九宫绘图 标题背景九宫绘画区域 标题背景 标题行背景色 标题行渐变背景色 标题行单元格字体颜色 标题行单元格被选中时的字体颜色 标题行单元格被选中时的背景颜色 标题行单元格中文本的字体 行单元格字体颜色 行单元格被选中时的字体颜色 行单元格被选中时的背景颜色 行单元格中文本的字体 网格线的颜色 用于显示控件中文本的字体 默认行颜色 奇数行颜色 悬浮行颜色 是否显示行号 行号字体颜色 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 获取或设置 选择的颜色。 获取或设置 颜色选择模式。 Initialize a new instance of the class. Graphics instance. Desired Smoothing mode. Revert the SmoothingMode to original setting. 函数功能：该函数通过使用指定的名字为一个设备创建设备上下文环境。 指向一个以Null结尾的字符串的指针，该字符串为显示驱动指定DISPLAY或者指定一个打印驱动程序名，通常为WINSPOOL。 指向一个以null结尾的字符串的指针，该字符串指定了正在使用的特定输出设备的名字，它不是打印机模式名。LpszDevice参数必须被使用。 该参数在32位应用中被忽略；并置为Null，它主要是为了提供与16位应用程序兼容，更多的信息参见下面的注释部分。 指向包含设备驱动程序的设备指定初始化数据的DEVMODE结构的指针，DocumentProperties函数检索指定设备获取已填充的结构，如果设备驱动程序使用用户指定的缺省初始化值。则lplnitData参数必须为Null。 返回值：成功，返回值是特定设备的设备上下文环境的句柄；失败，返回值为Null。 函数功能:该函数通过使用指定的名字为一个设备创建设备上下文环境 函数功能:该函数通过使用指定的名字为一个设备创建设备上下文环境 该函数创建一个与指定设备兼容的内存设备上下文环境（DC）。通过GetDc()获取的HDC直接与相关设备沟通，而本函数创建的DC，则是与内存中的一个表面相关联。 函数功能:该函数创建与指定的设备环境相关的设备兼容的位图 当前窗口句柄 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 滚动条状态 画滚动条 是否存在水平滚动条 垂直/水平滚动条都存在 是否存在垂直滚动条 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 获取或设置是否捕获鼠标 获取或设置是否从剪切板获取图像 获取或设置是否显示图像信息 获取或设置操作框点的颜色 获取或设置操作框边框颜色 获取或设置放大图形的原始尺寸 获取或设置放大图像的倍数 控件所截图的图片 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 获取或设置用于被操作的图像 获取或设置操作框点的颜色 获取或设置操作框线条的颜色 获取当前选中的区域 获取或设置放大图像的原图大小尺寸 获取或设置图像放大的倍数 获取或设置是否绘制操作框点 获取或设置是否限制鼠标操作区域 获取或设置是否绘制信息展示 获取或设置是否根据图像大小自动调整控件尺寸 获取当前是否绘制的有区域 获取当前是否开始绘制 获取当前操作框是否正在移动 获取或设置操作框是否锁定 清空所有操作 手动设置一个块选中区域 要选中区域 手动设置一个块选中区域 要选中区域的坐标 要选中区域的大小 手动设置一个块选中区域 要选中区域的x坐标 要选中区域的y坐标 要选中区域的宽度 要选中区域的高度 手动设置信息显示的位置 要显示的位置 手动设置信息显示的位置 要显示位置的x坐标 要显示位置的y坐标 获取操作框内的图像 结果图像 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. DSkinListBox模板 当前行数据，不能在构造函数里获取 获取某个字段的数据，绑定的数据在Load事件里获取，不能在构造函数里获取 所属的DSkinListBox，不能在构造函数里获取 列表头项 列项标识 列项当前的下标 SubItem项的控件项目类型 虚拟控件布局排列样式 列名称 列宽度 是否可见 绑定到数据源的属性或者数据库列的名称 与控件关联的用户自定义数据 排序 是否启用排序 单元格模板，类型必须为 DSkinGirdListCellTemplate 可以拖拽的最小宽度 设置拖拽的最大宽度 自定义数据 单元格集合 Item项的高度 是否选中 控件项目 行模板 必须为 DSkinGirdListTemplate 类型 当前行数据 设置SubItem的位置 摧毁项目，使其重新创建 必需的设计器变量。 清理所有正在使用的资源。 如果应释放托管资源，为 true；否则为 false。 设计器支持所需的方法 - 不要 使用代码编辑器修改此方法的内容。 提供使用 text 属性的 HTML 呈现。
将呈现 html 内容的客户端矩形中的 WinForms 控制。
使用 和 客户端可以控制如何 html 内容效果 标签的大小。任何案件的滚动条从不显示和客户端边界外的 html 内容将被剪裁。 和 与自动调整可以限制控件的最大/最小大小
该控件将处理鼠标和键盘事件来支持 html 文本选择、 复制粘贴和鼠标点击。
主要的鉴别诊断，使用 HtmlPanel 或 HtmlLabel 是大小和滚动条。
如果控件的大小取决于 html 内容应该使用 HtmlLabel.
如果由某种设置大小的布局然后 HtmlPanel 是更适合，也显示滚动条的 html 内容是否大于控制客户端矩形。

自动调整:

自动调整 = AutoSizeHeightOnly = false
标签大小不会改变的 html 内容。大化和 MinimumSize 将被忽略。

自动 = true
宽度和高度是可调的 html 内容，宽度将是长线在 html 中的，MaximumSize.Width 将会限制它但它可以低于。

AutoSizeHeightOnly = true
标签的宽度设置，不会改变的内容，高度可调的 html 内容的 MaximumSize.Height 和 MinimumSize.Height 的值的限制。

LinkClicked 事件

当用户点击一个链接的 html 中。
允许取消链接的执行。

StylesheetLoad 事件:

由链接元素引发的 aa 样式表时要加载的文件路径或 URI。
此事件允许手动提供样式表或提供新的源 (文件或 uri) 从加载。
如果没有替代的数据提供将会使用原始源。

ImageLoad 事件:

提出图像时要加载的文件路径或 URI。
此事件允许手动，提供图像如果不处理图像将从文件或从 URI 下载加载。

RenderError 事件:

当 html 渲染的过程中出错时引发。
Underline html container instance. HTML渲染容器 the raw base stylesheet data used in the control the base stylesheet data used in the panel the current html text set in the control is to handle auto size of the control height only The text rendering hint to be used for text rendering. 是否显示滚动条 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 提供使用 text 属性的 HTML 呈现 html 文档已完全加载
允许操作的 html dom，滚动条的位置，等等 当用户点击一个链接在 html 中时引发.
允许取消链接的执行。 当 html 渲染的过程中出错时引发 通过链接或者路径加载样式的时候触发
此事件允许手动提供样式表或提供新的源 (文件或 uri) 从加载。
如果没有替代的数据提供，则将使用原始的源。
 通过链接或者路径加载图片的时候触发
此事件允许手动，提供图像如果不处理图像将从文件或从 URI 下载加载。 获取或设置一个值，该值指示是否抗锯齿，比如背景和边框等图形 (默认值为 false) 。 文本渲染模式 是否启用内容选择 (默认值为 true)。
如果设置为 false 呈现的 html 将静态只用点击链接的能力。 是否启用内置右键菜单 设置基本样式 自适应内容大小 根据内容自动设置标签的高度 (不影响宽度)。 Gets or sets the max size the control get be set by or . An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. Gets or sets the min size the control get be set by or . An ordered pair of type representing the width and height of a rectangle. Get the currently selected text segment in the html. Copy the currently selected html segment with style. 鼠标滚轮滚动页面大小 Get html from the current DOM tree with inline style. generated html Get the rectangle of html element as calculated by html layout.
Element if found by id (id attribute on the html element).
Note: to get the screen rectangle you need to adjust by the hosting control.
 the id of the element to get its rectangle the rectangle of the element or null if not found Clear the current selection. 复制被选中的HTML内容 全选 Perform the layout of the html in the control. Handle mouse move to handle hover cursor and text selection. Handle mouse down to handle selection. Handle mouse leave to handle cursor change. Handle mouse up to handle selection and link click. Handle mouse double click to select word under the mouse. Propagate the LoadComplete event from root container. Propagate the LinkClicked event from root container. Propagate the Render Error event from root container. Propagate the stylesheet load event from root container. Propagate the image load event from root container. Handle html renderer invalidate and re-layout as requested. Release the html container resources. Not applicable. Not applicable. Not applicable. Not applicable. Not applicable. 支持图片和动画的RichTextBox。 当文件（夹）拖放到控件内时，触发此事件。参数：文件路径的集合。 快捷菜单的模式。 双击图片时，是否弹出图片。 插入一个指定链接文本到richtextbox。 要插入的文本 在一个指定位置插入链接文本到richtextbox。 要插入的文本 插入位置 在当前指定位置插入超链接字符串和超链接到richtextbox。 要插入的文本 要插入的超链接字符串 在一个指定位置插入超链接字符串和超链接到richtextbox。 要插入的文本 要插入的超链接字符串 插入位置 设置当前选择的链接样式 true: 设置链接风格, false: 清除链接风格 获取当前选择的链接样式 0: 没有设置链接风格, 1: 链接样式设置, -1: 混合 选中的控件 选中的控件的索引位置点Point 选中的控件的索引位置 获取文本框内所有控件 根据Point位置获取文本框内控件 插入控件到末尾 控件 插入控件到指定位置 控件 位置 Tag 在position位置处，插入系统内置表情。 插入的位置 表情图片在内置列表中的index 在position位置处，插入图片。 要插入的图片 插入的位置 双击图片进入预览窗体 获取Box中的所有内容。 key为位置，val为图片的ID 在现有内容后面追加富文本。 追加的字符串 字体 颜色 插入文本框内容对象 内容对象 插入的位置，Null则插入到末尾 纯文本信息 非内置的表情图片。key - 在ChatBox中的位置。 内置的表情图片。key - 在ChatBox中的位置 ，value - 表情图片在内置列表中的index。 所有图片的位置。从小到大排列。 点击SplitContainer控件收缩按钮时隐藏的Panel。 项被选中后的高亮度颜色 项被选中后的渐变颜色 下拉框背景色 项被选中时的边框颜色 项被选中时的字体颜色 水印文字 水印的颜色 下拉按钮背景色 边框颜色 箭头颜色 获取或设置一个值，该值指示ToolStripDropDown是否可以通过鼠标拖动来改变自身大小 获取或设置DropDown的边框颜色 获取或设置Resize标记的颜色 获取或设置一个值，该值指示鼠标感应的Resizable区域的大小 获取或设置一个值，该值指示 Resize 区域位于哪个角上 提供自定义全局热键支持 热键ID 辅助按键 按键，必须填写按键，请勿添加修饰键，修饰键在辅助键 KeyModifier 属性那边设置 是否已成功注册 是否启用 热键所注册的句柄 与对象关联的用户定义数据 初始化热键 辅助键 按键 初始化热键 初始化热键 注册热键 卸载热键 启用 热键被按下的事件 创建句柄 热键事件数据类 辅助按键 按键 初始化数据 定义了辅助键的名称（将数字转变为字符以便于记忆，也可去除此枚举而直接使用数值） 基础层控件 基础层控件 SetStyle(ControlStyles.Selectable, true) 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 虚拟容器继承父级的尺寸百分比 虚拟容器外边距 内部DuiControl实例 背景渲染 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件图像 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 控件边框 是否绘制焦点框 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件 释放图像资源 接收到内部虚拟控件发送的任务时发生 层按钮 鼠标控制控件状态 设置或获取圆角样式 九宫格方式绘制按钮图片 九宫格绘制按钮切割宽度 正常状态下的按钮图像 鼠标移入时的按钮图像 鼠标按下时的按钮图像 控件状态 控件适应图片大小，否则图片将缩放以适应控件 文字到边框的距离 文字渲染模式 底色 圆角大小，0以上，包括0 显示边框 是否是纯色，如果为True则不绘制渐变遮罩层 按钮边框颜色 按钮边框宽度 鼠标移入时的颜色 鼠标按下时的颜色 自定义按钮边框画笔 自定义填充画笔 自定义填充画笔 自定义填充画笔 显示的图片 图片对齐方式 图片尺寸 图片偏移 按钮样式 是否绘制控件 控件定位，窗体拉伸方向 设置定位和光标 左上角 左下角 右上角 右下角 顶部 底部 左边 右边 层标签 获取或设置一个值，指示是否要在控件的右边缘显示省略号 (...) 特效颜色 文字特效 特效效果值 自定义文本刷 文本对齐方式 文本渲染模式 文字到各个边框的距离 是否绘制文字 被选中的项目 获取被选中的项目集合 鼠标松开选择还是鼠标按下选择 当项目选中状态改变之后发生 Item获得焦点之后自动滚动到可视范围内 项目选择模式 获取或设置数据源显示其数据的列表或表的名称 数据源 数据集 项目模板，类型必须为DSkinListItemTemplate 背景渲染 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 内部容器自适应尺寸 自动隐藏滚动条 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 内部滚动条 内部DuiControl实例 内部容器 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 列表项目集合 控件边框 当前是否是层绘制模式 鼠标移入自动获取焦点 列表方向 用于平滑滚动的定时器 是否平滑滚动 平滑滚动速度 是否启用多行多列 启用浮动，多行模式生效（Ulmul为true）,不受ItemSize属性影响 是否左浮动，否则为右浮动 是否为上浮动，否则为下浮动 项目尺寸，只有启用了多行多列才有效果 滚动的百分比（0-1） 滚轮每格滚动的像素值 列表起始值顶部位置 列表起始值顶部位置 是否显示滚动条 滚动条宽度 内容长度 内容长度 内容偏移，如果垂直的时候向左偏移。水平的时候向下偏移 内容尺寸 是否启用鼠标滚轮控制 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 平滑滚动一段距离（需要开启平滑滚动，速度在+-40以内） 绑定数据源和显示数据 获取每行数据中对应字段的值 刷新列表，对列表项目重新布局 使控件区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 Layered模式下有效 层控件需要重绘时发生 Value改变时发生 触发ValueChanged事件 列表项目被点击时发生 触发ItemClick事件 接收到内部虚拟控件发送的任务时发生 项目点击事件数据 被点击的列表项目索引 被点击的项目控件 选择模式 单选 多选 层Panel容器控件 SetStyle(ControlStyles.Selectable, true) 是否绘制禁用效果，如果为true，控件将会设置位图缓存BitmapCache为true 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 滚动条宽度 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 背景渲染 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 重写Paint事件，把画布上的图像绘制到控件上 绘制控件 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 控件图像 右下角图片，左右滚动条显示之后才有显示 该事件主要用在容器控件 引发LayeredInvalidated事件 图片容器 内部DuiPictureBox 设置内部DuiControl为DuiPictureBox 处理图像和控件大小 多张图片播放定时器的时间间隔 图片，支持Gif播放 图片集 播放动画，如果可以的话 停止播放 当前帧索引。只针对Images里的图片索引 当前帧改变之后发生 层文本控件 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 内部DuiControl实例 内部DirectUI控件实例，重写来设置内部Dui控件类型 自动重绘 光标闪烁 控件画布 背景渲染 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 当前是否是层绘制模式 定义透明色 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 水印文字 水印文字字体 水印文字颜色 水印文字偏移位置 水印文本渲染模式 DirectUI控件集合 控件边框 鼠标移入时边框的颜色 文本框边框颜色 文本框获得焦点时边框颜色 获取焦点的时候边框是否加粗 垂直滚动条 水平滚动条 位图缓存，位图缓存不适合大尺寸的控件 获取焦点隐藏水印 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 释放画布 获取光标位置 滚动条状态 是否存在水平滚动条 垂直/水平滚动条都存在 是否存在垂直滚动条 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 最大值 最小值 当前指示数值 控件方向 主线宽度 主线边框宽度 主线填充颜色 主线填充颜色 主线边框颜色 自定义主线边框画笔 主线两端到边框的距离 自定义主线填充刷 自定义主线填充刷 指示按钮大小 指示按钮边框宽度 指示按钮边框颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮填充颜色 指示按钮图片 指示按钮图片 指示按钮图片 指示按钮是否为椭圆 上层图片 前景图片九宫格分割宽度 前景图片绘制模式 value改变之后发生 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 封装Jquery里的常用操作，网页里需要引用Jquery，使用参数请参考W3Cschool里Jquery的教程 基础脚本 脚本调用的页面 获取索引处元素 获得当前匹配元素集合中每个元素的父元素，使用选择器进行筛选是可选的。 返回返回被选元素的所有直接子元素。 获得当前匹配元素集合中每个元素的祖先元素，使用选择器进行筛选是可选的。 获得匹配元素集合中每个元素紧邻的同胞元素。如果提供选择器，则取回匹配该选择器的下一个同胞元素。 将匹配元素集合缩减为集合中的最后一个元素。 获得匹配元素集合中每个元素紧邻的前一个同胞元素，通过选择器进行筛选是可选的。 在被选元素的结尾（仍然在内部）插入指定内容。 在被选元素后插入指定的内容。 在被选元素的开头（仍位于内部）插入指定内容。 当前所有绑定的页面 按下载Ctrl + Alt + Q 打开开发者工具 URL Cookie文件路径 数据存储路径 请用Title标签设置 内核句柄 请用Size和Location代替 使控件失效，导致下次更新时重绘 使控件指定区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 获取全局的JS数据对象，JS数值转换需要用到 设置页面缩放 关闭后，点 a 标签将不会弹出新窗口，而是在本窗口跳转 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID 设置代理 后退 前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 执行脚本 加载文件 加载Html字符串 网络响应数据获取，需要先在ReadData事件里设置ReadyReadRespone 绑定页面，支持绑定主页面和框架页面 文档加载完成 所在的窗体 绑定页面的元素Id和JS全局变量名，只能构造函数里设置，默认值page 窗体状态 min,max,nor 鼠标是否在窗体内，不是判定Iframe框架 框架里调用JS，闭包返回值需要加 Return 获取属性值，只有先调用Set设置属性值了的才能调用Get获取属性值 设置属性值，值保存在内部字典里，需要先在构造函数里设置该属性的默认值 属性的set方法里必须调用这个方法才能实现双向绑定 当属性更改时发生 委托到主线程调用 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID 调用当前活跃的所有页面(不包含当前页面)的公开的methodName函数，后面跟一个可选参数（此参数作为传入参数） WebUI中用来绑定集合，暂时只支持C#集合更新到页面，非构造函数内修改集合必须调用SaveChanges 才能更新 WebUI中用来绑定集合，暂时只支持C#集合更新到页面，非构造函数内修改集合必须调用SaveChanges 才能更新 当前页面 绑定的属性名 内部列表 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对所有元素进行排序。 比较元素时要使用的比较器 使用指定的比较器对某个范围内的元素进行排序。 要排序的范围的从零开始的起始索引。 要排序的范围的长度 比较元素时要使用的比较器 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合中的第一个匹配元素 确定 集合 是否包含与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素 检索与指定谓词定义的条件匹配的所有元素 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个集合 中第一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中的最后一个匹配元素。 搜索与指定谓词所定义的条件相匹配的元素，并返回整个 集合 中最后一个匹配元素的从零开始的索引。 将集合内部Item的修改保存到绑定的JS对象中，修改集合之后必须调用这个方法，才能更新的UI上 用Html做界面的基础窗体 初始化WebUI窗体 设置Html位置，支持读取嵌入在dll的资源 wke内核句柄 是否启用Cookie 获取或设置媒体音量 0-1 启用背景透明 是否可以返回 是否可以前进 文档是否加载完成 内容宽度 内容高度 获取Cookie 获取设置浏览器的UserAgent 加载状态 网页缩放比例 URL 最大化是否全屏 请用Title标签设置 Js绑定方法 JS中方法名 绑定的方法 获取全局的JS数据对象，JS数值转换需要用到 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID 创建Wke内核 后退 前进 重新加载 全选 复制 剪切 粘贴 删除 停止加载 执行脚本 执行脚本，用来执行框架页里面的脚本 来自DocumentReady事件里的FrameJSState 加载文件 加载Html字符串 定义一个JS里面实现异步读取数据的方法 层控件需要重绘时发生 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 当网页中的JS调用JsCall方法的时候触发 框架页面对应的C#调用页面 页面框架加载的时候发生 Url 所在的窗体 定义一个JS里面实现异步读取数据的方法 执行框架页面里的脚本 调用JQuery里的方法，页面里需要引用JQuery JQuery里的选择器参数，比如#ID DSkin自定义消息框 SAO 样式消息窗 SAO 样式消息窗 显示继承样式消息窗 所有者 内容 标题 图标和系统音效 是否全屏遮罩 默认按钮索引 文本颜色 文本字体 按钮属性对象集合 new {Text="确定",DialogResult=DialogResult.OK},new {Text="取消",DialogResult=DialogResult.Cancel} 也可以设置其他样式属性，属性可以参考DSkinButton 显示继承样式消息窗 所有者 内容 标题 图标和系统音效 是否全屏遮罩 默认按钮索引 按钮属性对象集合 new {Text="确定",DialogResult=DialogResult.OK},new {Text="取消",DialogResult=DialogResult.Cancel} 也可以设置其他样式属性，属性可以参考DSkinButton 继承样式的Messagebox 继承样式的Messagebox SAO 样式消息窗 内容 标题 支持OK YesNo OKCancel SAO 样式消息窗 内容 标题 支持OK YesNo OKCancel 主要作用是设置系统音效 SAO 样式消息窗 内容 标题 主要作用是设置系统音效 SAO 样式消息窗 所有者 内容 标题 主要作用是设置系统音效 是否全屏遮罩 支持OK YesNo OKCancel SAO 样式消息窗 支持OK YesNo OKCancel 提示信息 标题 按钮集合 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 仿Mac窗体界面 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 仿VS蓝色窗体 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 仿VS深色窗体 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 仿VS亮色窗体 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 按钮图片 按钮鼠标移入时的图片 按钮鼠标按下时的图片 按钮大小 按钮位置 按钮颜色 按钮颜色 按钮颜色 按钮背景色 按钮鼠标移入背景色 按钮鼠标按下背景色 鼠标是否按下 鼠标是否移入 按钮区域 边框宽度 边框颜色 边框鼠标移入颜色 边框鼠标按下颜色 边框圆角宽度 边框圆角类型 提示文字 按钮名称 是否显示 显示的图标 图标尺寸 绘制按钮 按钮类型 事件是否被处理 使窗口有鼠标穿透功能 绘制阴影 层窗体 内容边框颜色 当前是否是层绘制模式 九宫格图片切割宽度 九宫格方式绘制背景图片 拖拽图片改变窗体背景图片 是否继承父级或者所有者窗体主题 边框颜色 边框宽度 关闭按钮 最小化按钮 最大化按钮 还原按钮 自定义系统按钮 系统按钮偏移量 显示系统按钮 系统按钮间距 获取窗体的真实客户区大小。 获取或设置窗体的边框大小。 设置或获取窗体是否可以通过鼠标改变大小 双击窗体最大化 显示窗体阴影 阴影颜色 窗体阴影宽度 内部DuiControl，用于添加DuiControl Dui控件集合 背景渲染 窗体是否可以获取焦点，如果为False，则窗体弹出不获取焦点,可能会导致Textbox无法输入，可以用来做信息显示类的小窗体 窗体画布 控件图元属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 背景色（包含A通道） 窗体背景色，层窗体模式下支持透明色，普通窗体模式下不要设置透明色，如果有半透明该属性不能获取真正的背景色，需要通过RealBackColor属性获取 窗体移动模式，鼠标如何移动窗体 标题背景色 标题文字居中 Icon绘制区域 Icon图标 标题栏高度 获取或设置窗体是否显示系统菜单。 标题文本渲染模式 标题字体 标题颜色 标题文字位置偏移 标题文字光圈颜色 标题文字光圈大小 标题显示模式 是否在标题栏绘制图标 设置窗体的不透明度,0-1 窗体圆角半径 设置或获取窗体的圆角样式 当前是否在播放动画中 窗体动画 是否执行了关闭事件 是否启用窗体动画 窗体启动和关闭特效，在层窗体模式下才有效 鼠标是否移入系统按钮 调用窗体移动 窗体贴边状态 窗体改变大小。 设置窗体边缘路径 引发MouseDown事件 强制重绘整个窗体 根据失效区域绘制窗体 绘制边框 绘制系统按钮 创建画布 DuiControl绘制，背景绘制之后，控件绘制之前， 绘制控件 绘制标题栏 重绘标题区域 控件重绘 触发LayeredPaintEvent事件 使整个控件失效，导致重绘 使控件区域失效，导致下次更新时重绘 自定义动画，返回值为False时停止动画 动作 自定义动画，返回值为False时停止动画 定时器间隔 动作 处理Tab键对虚拟控件的焦点切换 响应 WM_NCCALCSIZE 消息。 响应 WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED 消息。 拦截窗体消息 响应 WM_NCRBUTTONUP 消息。 释放画布资源 内部DuiControl 系统按钮点击事件 设置窗体主题，将其他DSkinForm的窗体皮肤样式设置到当前窗体上 DSkin皮肤窗体实例 切换主题时候发生 图片特效，需要启用位图缓存 Required designer variable. Clean up any resources being used. true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. Required method for Designer support - do not modify the contents of this method with the code editor. 窗体移动模式 窗体不能通过鼠标拖拽移动 鼠标拖拽标题移动 鼠标拖拽整个窗体都可以移动 Layered窗体动画特效类型 缩放特效 渐变拉幕 淡入淡出特效 旋转缩放 3D翻转 用户自定义 包含LAYERED样式的基础窗体 启用AeroGlass毛玻璃效果 关闭AeroGlass毛玻璃效果 是否为UpdateLayeredWindow层窗体，为true时，可实现任意透明，动态特效，并且提供高效不闪烁的图像渲染 启用AeroGlass毛玻璃效果，需要系统支持并且需要将背景色设置为半透明色 窗体的CreateParams属性,窗体参数 当前是否是层绘制模式 更新层窗体 位图 更新层窗体 不透明度0-1 更新层窗体，高性能 更新层窗体 不透明度0-1 Adapter for WinForms brushes objects for core. The actual WinForms brush instance. If to dispose the brush when is called.
Ignore dispose for cached brushes. Init. The actual WinForms brush instance. Adapter for WinForms context menu for core. the underline win forms context menu Init. Adapter for WinForms Control for core. the underline win forms control. Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text. Init. Get the underline win forms control the underline win forms control. Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text. Init. Represents an ARGB (alpha, red, green, blue) color. Represents a color that is null. 1 Gets a system-defined color. Gets a system-defined color that has an ARGB value of #FF000000. Gets a system-defined color that has an ARGB value of #FFFFFFFF. Gets a system-defined color that has an ARGB value of #FFF5F5F5. Gets a system-defined color that has an ARGB value of #FFD3D3D3. Gets the red component value of this structure. Gets the green component value of this structure. Gets the blue component value of this structure. Gets the alpha component value of this structure. Specifies whether this structure is uninitialized. This property returns true if this color is uninitialized; otherwise, false. 1 Tests whether two specified structures are equivalent. true if the two structures are equal; otherwise, false. The that is to the left of the equality operator. The that is to the right of the equality operator. 3 Tests whether two specified structures are different. true if the two structures are different; otherwise, false. The that is to the left of the inequality operator. The that is to the right of the inequality operator. 3 Creates a structure from the four ARGB component (alpha, red, green, and blue) values. Although this method allows a 32-bit value to be passed for each component, the value of each component is limited to 8 bits. The that this method creates. The alpha component. Valid values are 0 through 255. The red component. Valid values are 0 through 255. The green component. Valid values are 0 through 255. The blue component. Valid values are 0 through 255. , , , or is less than 0 or greater than 255. 1 Creates a structure from the specified 8-bit color values (red, green, and blue). The alpha value is implicitly 255 (fully opaque). Although this method allows a 32-bit value to be passed for each color component, the value of each component is limited to 8 bits. The that this method creates. The red component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. The green component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. The blue component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. , , or is less than 0 or greater than 255. 1 Tests whether the specified object is a structure and is equivalent to this structure. true if is a structure equivalent to this structure; otherwise, false. The object to test. 1 Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies the hash code for this . 1 Converts this structure to a human-readable string. Specifies the style of dashed lines drawn with a object. Specifies style information applied to text. Even class for handling keyboard events in . is control is pressed is 'A' key is pressed is 'C' key is pressed Init. is control is pressed is 'A' key is pressed is 'C' key is pressed Even class for handling keyboard events in . Is the left mouse button participated in the event Init. Is the left mouse button participated in the event 事件是否被处理 事件触发源区块 Represents an ordered pair of floating-point x- and y-coordinates that defines a point in a two-dimensional plane. Represents a new instance of the class with member data left uninitialized. 1 Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified coordinates. The horizontal position of the point. The vertical position of the point. Gets a value indicating whether this is empty. true if both and are 0; otherwise, false. 1 Gets or sets the x-coordinate of this . The x-coordinate of this . 1 Gets or sets the y-coordinate of this . The y-coordinate of this . 1 Translates the by the specified . The translated . The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to add to the x- and y-coordinates of the . Translates a by the negative of a specified . The translated . The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to subtract from the coordinates of . Compares two structures. The result specifies whether the values of the and properties of the two structures are equal. true if the and values of the left and right structures are equal; otherwise, false. A to compare. A to compare. 3 Determines whether the coordinates of the specified points are not equal. true to indicate the and values of and are not equal; otherwise, false. A to compare. A to compare. 3 Translates a given by a specified . The translated . The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to add to the coordinates of . Translates a by the negative of a specified size. The translated . The to translate. The that specifies the numbers to subtract from the coordinates of . Specifies whether this contains the same coordinates as the specified . This method returns true if is a and has the same coordinates as this . The to test. 1 Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this structure. 1 Converts this to a human readable string. A string that represents this . 1 Stores a set of four floating-point numbers that represent the location and size of a rectangle. Represents an instance of the class with its members uninitialized. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location and size. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle. The width of the rectangle. The height of the rectangle. Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified location and size. A that represents the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. A that represents the width and height of the rectangular region. Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of this structure. A that represents the upper-left corner of this structure. Gets or sets the size of this . A that represents the width and height of this structure. Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of this structure. Gets or sets the width of this structure. The width of this structure. Gets or sets the height of this structure. The height of this structure. Gets the x-coordinate of the left edge of this structure. The x-coordinate of the left edge of this structure. Gets the y-coordinate of the top edge of this structure. The y-coordinate of the top edge of this structure. Gets the x-coordinate that is the sum of and of this structure. The x-coordinate that is the sum of and of this structure. Gets the y-coordinate that is the sum of and of this structure. The y-coordinate that is the sum of and of this structure. Tests whether the or property of this has a value of zero. This property returns true if the or property of this has a value of zero; otherwise, false. Tests whether two structures have equal location and size. This operator returns true if the two specified structures have equal , , , and properties. The structure that is to the left of the equality operator. The structure that is to the right of the equality operator. Tests whether two structures differ in location or size. This operator returns true if any of the , , , or properties of the two structures are unequal; otherwise false. The structure that is to the left of the inequality operator. The structure that is to the right of the inequality operator. Creates a structure with upper-left corner and lower-right corner at the specified locations. The new that this method creates. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangular region. The x-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. The y-coordinate of the lower-right corner of the rectangular region. Tests whether is a with the same location and size of this . This method returns true if is a and its X, Y, Width, and Height properties are equal to the corresponding properties of this ; otherwise, false. The to test. Determines if the specified point is contained within this structure. This method returns true if the point defined by and is contained within this structure; otherwise false. The x-coordinate of the point to test. The y-coordinate of the point to test. Determines if the specified point is contained within this structure. This method returns true if the point represented by the parameter is contained within this structure; otherwise false. The to test. Determines if the rectangular region represented by is entirely contained within this structure. This method returns true if the rectangular region represented by is entirely contained within the rectangular region represented by this ; otherwise false. The to test. Inflates this structure by the specified amount. The amount to inflate this structure horizontally. The amount to inflate this structure vertically. Inflates this by the specified amount. The amount to inflate this rectangle. Creates and returns an inflated copy of the specified structure. The copy is inflated by the specified amount. The original rectangle remains unmodified. The inflated . The to be copied. This rectangle is not modified. The amount to inflate the copy of the rectangle horizontally. The amount to inflate the copy of the rectangle vertically. Replaces this structure with the intersection of itself and the specified structure. The rectangle to intersect. Returns a structure that represents the intersection of two rectangles. If there is no intersection, and empty is returned. A third structure the size of which represents the overlapped area of the two specified rectangles. A rectangle to intersect. A rectangle to intersect. Determines if this rectangle intersects with . This method returns true if there is any intersection. The rectangle to test. Creates the smallest possible third rectangle that can contain both of two rectangles that form a union. A third structure that contains both of the two rectangles that form the union. A rectangle to union. A rectangle to union. Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. The amount to offset the location. Adjusts the location of this rectangle by the specified amount. The amount to offset the location horizontally. The amount to offset the location vertically. Gets the hash code for this structure. For information about the use of hash codes, see Object.GetHashCode. The hash code for this Converts the Location and Size of this to a human-readable string. A string that contains the position, width, and height of this structure for example, "{X=20, Y=20, Width=100, Height=50}". Stores an ordered pair of floating-point numbers, typically the width and height of a rectangle. Gets a structure that has a and value of 0. A structure that has a and value of 0. 1 Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified existing structure. The structure from which to create the new structure. Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified structure. The structure from which to initialize this structure. Initializes a new instance of the structure from the specified dimensions. The width component of the new structure. The height component of the new structure. Gets a value that indicates whether this structure has zero width and height. This property returns true when this structure has both a width and height of zero; otherwise, false. 1 Gets or sets the horizontal component of this structure. The horizontal component of this structure, typically measured in pixels. 1 Gets or sets the vertical component of this structure. The vertical component of this structure, typically measured in pixels. 1 Converts the specified structure to a structure. The structure to which this operator converts. The structure to be converted Adds the width and height of one structure to the width and height of another structure. A structure that is the result of the addition operation. The first structure to add. The second structure to add. 3 Subtracts the width and height of one structure from the width and height of another structure. A that is the result of the subtraction operation. The structure on the left side of the subtraction operator. The structure on the right side of the subtraction operator. 3 Tests whether two structures are equal. This operator returns true if and have equal width and height; otherwise, false. The structure on the left side of the equality operator. The structure on the right of the equality operator. 3 Tests whether two structures are different. This operator returns true if and differ either in width or height; false if and are equal. The structure on the left of the inequality operator. The structure on the right of the inequality operator. 3 Adds the width and height of one structure to the width and height of another structure. A structure that is the result of the addition operation. The first structure to add. The second structure to add. Subtracts the width and height of one structure from the width and height of another structure. A structure that is a result of the subtraction operation. The structure on the left side of the subtraction operator. The structure on the right side of the subtraction operator. Tests to see whether the specified object is a structure with the same dimensions as this structure. This method returns true if is a and has the same width and height as this ; otherwise, false. The to test. 1 Returns a hash code for this structure. An integer value that specifies a hash value for this structure. 1 Converts a structure to a structure. Returns a structure. Creates a human-readable string that represents this structure. A string that represents this structure. 1 Adapter for WinForms Font object for core. the underline win-forms font. a handle to this Font. the vertical offset of the font underline location from the top of the font. Cached font height. Cached font whitespace width. Init. the underline win-forms font. Get the handle to this Font. Set font metrics to be cached for the font for future use. the full height of the font the vertical offset of the font underline location from the top of the font. Adapter for WinForms Font family object for core. the underline win-forms font. Init. the underline win-forms font family. Adapter for WinForms Graphics for core. used for calculation. used for calculation. Used for GDI+ measure string. The string format to use for measuring strings for GDI+ text rendering The string format to use for rendering strings for GDI+ text rendering The wrapped WinForms graphics object Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text. the initialized HDC used if to release the graphics object on dispose If text alignment was set to RTL Init static resources. Init. the win forms graphics object to use Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text optional: if to release the graphics object on dispose (default - false) Release current HDC to be able to use methods. Init HDC for the current graphics object to be used to call GDI directly. Set a resource (e.g. a font) for the specified device context. WARNING: Calling Font.ToHfont() many times without releasing the font handle crashes the app. Set the text color of the device context. Change text align to Left-to-Right or Right-to-Left if required. Special draw logic to draw transparent text using GDI.
1. Create in-memory DC
2. Copy background to in-memory DC
3. Draw the text to in-memory DC
4. Copy the in-memory DC to the proper location with alpha blend
 Change text align to Left-to-Right or Right-to-Left if required. Adapter for WinForms graphics path object for core. The actual WinForms graphics path instance. the last point added to the path to begin next segment from The actual WinForms graphics path instance. Get arc start angle for the given corner. Adapter for WinForms Image object for core. the underline win-forms image. Initializes a new instance of the class. the underline win-forms image. Adapter for WinForms pens objects for core. The actual WinForms brush instance. Init. The actual WinForms brush instance. Platform adapter to bridge platform specific objects to HTML Renderer core library.
Core uses abstract renderer objects (RAdapter/RControl/REtc...) to access platform specific functionality, the concrete platforms implements those objects to provide concrete platform implementation. Those allowing the core library to be platform agnostic. Platforms: WinForms, WPF, Metro, PDF renders, etc.
Objects: UI elements(Controls), Graphics(Render context), Colors, Brushes, Pens, Fonts, Images, Clipboard, etc.
 It is best to have a singleton instance of this class for concrete implementation!
This is because it holds caches of default CssData, Images, Fonts and Brushes. cache of brush color to brush instance cache of pen color to pen instance cache of all the font used not to create same font again and again default CSS parsed data singleton image used to draw loading image icon image used to draw error image icon Init. Get the default CSS stylesheet data. Resolve color value from given color name. the color name color value Get cached pen instance for the given color. the color to get pen for pen instance Get cached solid brush instance for the given color. the color to get brush for brush instance Get linear gradient color brush from to . the rectangle to get the brush for the start color of the gradient the end color of the gradient the angle to move the gradient from start color to end color in the rectangle linear gradient color brush instance Convert image object returned from to . the image returned from load event converted image or null Create an object from the given stream. the stream to create image from new image instance Check if the given font exists in the system by font family name. the font name to check true - font exists by given family name, false - otherwise Adds a font family to be used. The font family to add. Adds a font mapping from to iff the is not found.
When the font is used in rendered html and is not found in existing fonts (installed or added) it will be replaced by .
 the font family to replace the font family to replace with Get font instance by given font family name, size and style. the font family name font size font style font instance Get image to be used while HTML image is loading. Get image to be used if HTML image load failed. Get data object for the given html and plain text data.
The data object can be used for clipboard or drag-drop operation.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the html data the plain text data drag-drop data object Set the given text to the clipboard
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the text to set Set the given html and plain text data to clipboard.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the html data the plain text data Set the given image to clipboard.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the image object to set to clipboard Create a context menu that can be used on the control
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. new context menu Save the given image to file by showing save dialog to the client.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the image to save the name of the image for save dialog the extension of the image for save dialog optional: the control to show the dialog on Get font instance by given font family name, size and style. the font family name font size font style font instance Get font instance by given font family instance, size and style.
Used to support custom fonts that require explicit font family instance to be created. the font family instance font size font style font instance Resolve color value from given color name. the color name color value Get cached pen instance for the given color. the color to get pen for pen instance Get cached solid brush instance for the given color. the color to get brush for brush instance Get linear gradient color brush from to . the rectangle to get the brush for the start color of the gradient the end color of the gradient the angle to move the gradient from start color to end color in the rectangle linear gradient color brush instance Convert image object returned from to . the image returned from load event converted image or null Create an object from the given stream. the stream to create image from new image instance Get font instance by given font family name, size and style. the font family name font size font style font instance Get font instance by given font family instance, size and style.
Used to support custom fonts that require explicit font family instance to be created. the font family instance font size font style font instance Get data object for the given html and plain text data.
The data object can be used for clipboard or drag-drop operation. the html data the plain text data drag-drop data object Set the given text to the clipboard the text to set Set the given html and plain text data to clipboard. the html data the plain text data Set the given image to clipboard. Create a context menu that can be used on the control new context menu Save the given image to file by showing save dialog to the client. the image to save the name of the image for save dialog the extension of the image for save dialog optional: the control to show the dialog on Adapter for platform specific brush objects - used to fill graphics (rectangles, polygons and paths).
The brush can be solid color, gradient or image. Adapter for platform specific context menu - used to create and show context menu at specific location.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. The total number of items in the context menu Add divider item to the context menu.
The divider is a non clickable place holder used to separate items. Add item to the context menu with the given text that will raise the given event when clicked. the text to set on the new context menu itemif to set the item as enabled or disabledthe event to raise when the item is clicked Remove the last item from the context menu iff it is a divider Show the context menu in the given parent control at the given location. the parent control to show inthe location to show at relative to the parent control Adapter for platform specific control object - used to handle updating the control that the html is rendered on.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. The platform adapter. Init control with platform adapter. The platform adapter. Is the left mouse button is currently in pressed state Is the right mouse button is currently in pressed state Get the current location of the mouse relative to the control Set the cursor over the control to default cursor Set the cursor over the control to hand cursor Set the cursor over the control to I beam cursor Do drag-drop copy operation for the given data object. the drag-drop data object Measure the width of string under max width restriction calculating the number of characters that can fit and the width those characters take.
 the string to measure the font to measure string with the max width to calculate fit characters the number of characters that will fit under restriction the width that only the characters that fit into max width take Invalidates the entire surface of the control and causes the control to be redrawn. Adapter for platform specific font object - used to render text using specific font. Gets the em-size of this Font measured in the units specified by the Unit property. The line spacing, in pixels, of this font. Get the vertical offset of the font underline location from the top of the font. Get the left padding, in pixels, of the font. Adapter for platform specific font family object - define the available font families to use.
Required for custom fonts handling: fonts that are not installed on the system. Gets the name of this Font Family. Adapter for platform specific graphics rendering object - used to render graphics and text in platform specific context.
The core HTML Renderer components use this class for rendering logic, extending this class in different platform: WinForms, WPF, Metro, PDF, etc. the global adapter Te clipping bound stack as clips are pushed/poped to/from the graphics Init. Get color pen. the color to get the pen for pen instance Get solid color brush. the color to get the brush for solid color brush instance Get linear gradient color brush from to . the rectangle to get the brush for the start color of the gradient the end color of the gradient the angle to move the gradient from start color to end color in the rectangle linear gradient color brush instance Gets a Rectangle structure that bounds the clipping region of this Graphics. A rectangle structure that represents a bounding rectangle for the clipping region of this Graphics. Pop the latest clip push. Push the clipping region of this Graphics to interception of current clipping rectangle and the given rectangle. Rectangle to clip to. Push the clipping region of this Graphics to exclude the given rectangle from the current clipping rectangle. Rectangle to exclude clipping in. Set the graphics smooth mode to use anti-alias.
Use to return back the mode used. the previous smooth mode before the change Return to previous smooth mode before anti-alias was set as returned from . the previous mode to set Get TextureBrush object that uses the specified image and bounding rectangle. The Image object with which this TextureBrush object fills interiors. A Rectangle structure that represents the bounding rectangle for this TextureBrush object. The dimension by which to translate the transformation Get GraphicsPath object. graphics path instance Measure the width and height of string when drawn on device context HDC using the given font . the string to measure the font to measure string with the size of the string Measure the width of string under max width restriction calculating the number of characters that can fit and the width those characters take.
Not relevant for platforms that don't render HTML on UI element. the string to measure the font to measure string with the max width to calculate fit characters the number of characters that will fit under restriction the width that only the characters that fit into max width take Draw the given string using the given font and foreground color at given location. the string to draw the font to use to draw the string the text color to set the location to start string draw (top-left) used to know the size of the rendered text for transparent text support is to render the string right-to-left (true - RTL, false - LTR) Draws a line connecting the two points specified by the coordinate pairs. Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the line. The x-coordinate of the first point. The y-coordinate of the first point. The x-coordinate of the second point. The y-coordinate of the second point. Draws a rectangle specified by a coordinate pair, a width, and a height. A Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the rectangle. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to draw. The width of the rectangle to draw. The height of the rectangle to draw. Fills the interior of a rectangle specified by a pair of coordinates, a width, and a height. Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. The x-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. The y-coordinate of the upper-left corner of the rectangle to fill. Width of the rectangle to fill. Height of the rectangle to fill. Draws the specified portion of the specified at the specified location and with the specified size. Image to draw. Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. The image is scaled to fit the rectangle. Rectangle structure that specifies the portion of the object to draw. Draws the specified Image at the specified location and with the specified size. Image to draw. Rectangle structure that specifies the location and size of the drawn image. Draws a GraphicsPath. Pen that determines the color, width, and style of the path. GraphicsPath to draw. Fills the interior of a GraphicsPath. Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. GraphicsPath that represents the path to fill. Fills the interior of a polygon defined by an array of points specified by Point structures. Brush that determines the characteristics of the fill. Array of Point structures that represent the vertices of the polygon to fill. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Adapter for platform specific graphics path object - used to render (draw/fill) path shape. Start path at the given point. Add stright line to the given point from te last point. Add circular arc of the given size to the given point from the last point. Release path resources. The 4 corners that are handled in arc rendering. Adapter for platform specific image object - used to render images. Get the width, in pixels, of the image. Get the height, in pixels, of the image. Adapter for platform specific pen objects - used to draw graphics (lines, rectangles and paths) Gets or sets the width of this Pen, in units of the Graphics object used for drawing. Gets or sets the style used for dashed lines drawn with this Pen. Adapter for WinForms platforms. Singleton instance of global adapter. Init installed font families and set default font families mapping. Singleton instance of global adapter. Helper to encode and set HTML fragment to clipboard.
See http://theartofdev.wordpress.com/2012/11/11/setting-html-and-plain-text-formatting-to-clipboard/.
. The MIT License (MIT) Copyright (c) 2014 Arthur Teplitzki. The string contains index references to other spots in the string, so we need placeholders so we can compute the offsets.
The _ strings are just placeholders. We'll back-patch them actual values afterwards.
The string layout () also ensures that it can't appear in the body of the html because the
character must be escaped.
html comment to point the beginning of html fragment html comment to point the end of html fragment Used to calculate characters byte count in UTF-8 Create with given html and plain-text ready to be used for clipboard or drag and drop.
Handle missing ]]> tags, specified start\end segments and Unicode characters. Windows Clipboard works with UTF-8 Unicode encoding while .NET strings use with UTF-16 so for clipboard to correctly decode Unicode string added to it from .NET we needs to be re-encoded it using UTF-8 encoding. Builds the CF_HTML header correctly for all possible HTMLs
If given html contains start/end fragments then it will use them in the header: hello world]]> If given html contains html/body tags then it will inject start/end fragments to exclude html/body tags: hello world]]> If given html doesn't contain html/body tags then it will inject the tags and start/end fragments properly: world]]> In all cases creating a proper CF_HTML header:
hello world ]]> See format specification here: http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/workshop/networking/clipboard/htmlclipboard.asp a html fragment the plain text Clears clipboard and sets the given HTML and plain text fragment to the clipboard, providing additional meta-information for HTML.
See for HTML fragment details.
 ClipboardHelper.CopyToClipboard("Hello World", "Hello World"); a html fragment the plain text Clears clipboard and sets the given plain text fragment to the clipboard.
 the plain text Generate HTML fragment data string with header that is required for the clipboard. the html to generate for the resulted string Calculates the number of bytes produced by encoding the string in the string builder in UTF-8 and not .NET default string encoding. the string builder to count its string optional: the start index to calculate from (default - start of string) optional: the end index to calculate to (default - end of string) the number of bytes required to encode the string in UTF-8 Holds parsed stylesheet css blocks arranged by media and classes.
 To learn more about CSS blocks visit CSS spec: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#block used to return empty array dictionary of media type to dictionary of css class name to the cssBlocks collection with all the data. Init. Parse the given stylesheet to object.
If is true the parsed css blocks are added to the default css data (as defined by W3), merged if class name already exists. If false only the data in the given stylesheet is returned. Platform adapter the stylesheet source to parse true - combine the parsed css data with default css data, false - return only the parsed css data the parsed css data dictionary of media type to dictionary of css class name to the cssBlocks collection with all the data Check if there are css blocks for the given class selector. the class selector to check for css blocks by optional: the css media type (default - all) true - has css blocks for the class, false - otherwise Get collection of css blocks for the requested class selector.
the can be: class name, html element name, html element and class name (elm.class), hash tag with element id (#id).
returned all the blocks that word on the requested class selector, it can contain simple selector or hierarchy selector. the class selector to get css blocks by optional: the css media type (default - all) collection of css blocks, empty collection if no blocks exists (never null) Add the given css block to the css data, merging to existing block if required. If there is no css blocks for the same class it will be added to data collection.
If there is already css blocks for the same class it will check for each existing block if the hierarchical selectors match (or not exists). if do the two css blocks will be merged into one where the new block properties overwrite existing if needed. if the new block doesn't mach any existing it will be added either to the beginning of the list if it has no hierarchical selectors or at the end.
Css block without hierarchical selectors must be added to the beginning of the list so more specific block can overwrite it when the style is applied. the media type to add the CSS to the css block to add Combine this CSS data blocks with CSS blocks for each media.
Merge blocks if exists in both. the CSS data to combine with Create deep copy of the css data with cloned css blocks. cloned object CSS Specification's Default Style Sheet for HTML 4 http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/sample.html Border types Represents a CSS Box of text or replaced elements. The Box can contains other boxes, that's the way that the CSS Tree is composed. To know more about boxes visit CSS spec: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/box.html the parent css box of this css box in the hierarchy the root container for the hierarchy the html tag that is associated with this css box, null if anonymous box the inner text of the box Do not use or alter this flag Flag that indicates that CssTable algorithm already made fixes on it. handler for loading background image Init. optional: the parent of this css box in html optional: the html tag associated with this css box 标签名 Gets the HtmlContainer of the Box. WARNING: May be null. Gets or sets the parent box of this box Gets the children boxes of this box Is the box is of "br" element. is the box "Display" is "Inline", is this is an inline box and not block. is the box "Display" is "Block", is this is an block box and not inline. Is the css box clickable (by default only "a" element is clickable) Get the href link of the box (by default get "href" attribute) Gets the containing block-box of this box. (The nearest parent box with display=block) Gets the HTMLTag that hosts this box Gets if this box represents an image Tells if the box is empty or contains just blank spaces Gets or sets the inner text of the box Gets the line-boxes of this box (if block box) Gets the linebox(es) that contains words of this box (if inline) Gets the rectangles where this box should be painted Gets the BoxWords of text in the box Gets the first word of the box Gets or sets the first linebox where content of this box appear Gets or sets the last linebox where content of this box appear Create new css box for the given parent with the given html tag.
 the html tag to define the box the box to add the new box to it as child the new box Create new css box for the given parent with the given optional html tag and insert it either at the end or before the given optional box.
If no html tag is given the box will be anonymous.
If no before box is given the new box will be added at the end of parent boxes collection.
If before box doesn't exists in parent box exception is thrown.
 To learn more about anonymous inline boxes visit: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visuren.html#anonymous the box to add the new box to it as child optional: the html tag to define the box optional: to insert as specific location in parent box the new box Create new css block box. the new block box Create new css block box for the given parent with the given optional html tag and insert it either at the end or before the given optional box.
If no html tag is given the box will be anonymous.
If no before box is given the new box will be added at the end of parent boxes collection.
If before box doesn't exists in parent box exception is thrown.
 To learn more about anonymous block boxes visit CSS spec: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visuren.html#anonymous-block-level the box to add the new block box to it as child optional: the html tag to define the box optional: to insert as specific location in parent box the new block box Measures the bounds of box and children, recursively.
Performs layout of the DOM structure creating lines by set bounds restrictions. Device context to use Paints the fragment Device context to use Set this box in Move all child boxes from to this box. the box to move all its child boxes from Splits the text into words and saves the result 将文本拆分为词并保存结果 Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Measures the bounds of box and children, recursively.
Performs layout of the DOM structure creating lines by set bounds restrictions.
 Device context to use Assigns words its width and height Get the parent of this css properties instance. Gets the index of the box to be used on a (ordered) list Creates the Searches for the first word occurrence inside the box, on the specified linebox 获取指定的属性，则返回的s属性值字符串。如果没有指定的属性，则返回空字符串 要检索的属性 属性值。如果没有指定的属性，则返回空字符串 获取 HTML 标记源的指定属性的值。 要检索的属性 如果未找到属性时的默认值 属性值或默认值 Gets the minimum width that the box can be.
The box can be as thin as the longest word plus padding.
The check is deep thru box tree.
 the min width of the box Gets the longest word (in width) inside the box, deeply. Get the total margin value (left and right) from the given box to the given end box.
 the box to start calculation from. the total margin Gets the maximum bottom of the boxes inside the startBox Get the and width of the box content.
 The minimum width the content must be so it won't overflow (largest word + padding). The total width the content can take without line wrapping (with padding). Get the and of the box words content and .
 the box to calculate for the width that allows for each word to fit (width of the longest word) the max width a single line of words can take without wrapping the total amount of padding the content has Gets if this box has only inline siblings (including itself) Gets the rectangles where inline box will be drawn. See Remarks for more info. Rectangles where content should be placed Inline boxes can be split across different LineBoxes, that's why this method Delivers a rectangle for each LineBox related to this box, if inline. Inherits inheritable values from parent. Gets the result of collapsing the vertical margins of the two boxes the previous box under the same parent Resulting top margin Calculate the actual right of the box by the actual right of the child boxes if this box actual right is not set. the calculated actual right value Gets the result of collapsing the vertical margins of the two boxes Resulting bottom margin Deeply offsets the top of the box and its contents Paints the fragment the device to draw to Paints the background of the box the device to draw into the bounding rectangle to draw in is it the first rectangle of the element is it the last rectangle of the element Paint all the words in the box. the device to draw into the current scroll offset to offset the words Paints the text decoration (underline/strike-through/over-line) the device to draw into Offsets the rectangle of the specified linebox by the specified gap, and goes deep for rectangles of children in that linebox. Resets the array On image load process complete with image request refresh for it to be painted. the image loaded or null if failed the source rectangle to draw in the image (empty - draw everything) is the callback was called async to load image call Get brush for the text depending if there is selected text color set. Get brush for selection background depending if it has external and if alpha is required for images. used for images so they will have alpha effect ToString override. 获取内部所有文本 查询DOM元素 设置内联样式 比如 color: red; CSS box for iframe element.
If the iframe is of embedded YouTube or Vimeo video it will show image with play. Iframe 元素的 CSS 框。
如果 iframe 是嵌入式的 YouTube 或 Vimeo 视频它将显示图像与戏剧。 the image word of this image box is the iframe is of embeded video the title of the video the url of the video thumbnail image link to the video on the site handler used for image loading by source is image load is finished, used to know if no image is found Init. the parent box of this box the html tag data of this box Is the css box clickable ("a" element is clickable) Get the href link of the box (by default get "href" attribute) is the iframe is of embeded video Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Load YouTube video data (title, image, link) by calling YouTube API. Parse YouTube API response to get video data (title, image, link). Load Vimeo video data (title, image, link) by calling Vimeo API. Parse Vimeo API response to get video data (title, image, link). Handle error occurred during video data load to handle if the video was not found. the exception that occurred during data load web request the name of the video source (YouTube/Vimeo/Etc.) Create image handler for downloading video image if found and release the WebClient instance used for API call. Paints the fragment the device to draw to Draw video image over the iframe if found. Draw video title on top of the iframe if found. Draw play over the iframe if we found link url. Assigns words its width and height the device to use Set error image border on the image box. On image load process is complete with image or without update the image box. the image loaded or null if failed the source rectangle to draw in the image (empty - draw everything) is the callback was called async to load image call CSS box for hr element. Init. the parent box of this box the html tag data of this box Measures the bounds of box and children, recursively.
Performs layout of the DOM structure creating lines by set bounds restrictions. Device context to use Paints the fragment the device to draw to CSS box for image element. the image word of this image box handler used for image loading by source is image load is finished, used to know if no image is found Init. the parent box of this box the html tag data of this box Get the image of this image box. Paints the fragment the device to draw to Assigns words its width and height the device to use Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Set error image border on the image box. On image load process is complete with image or without update the image box. the image loaded or null if failed the source rectangle to draw in the image (empty - draw everything) is the callback was called async to load image call Base class for css box to handle the css properties.
Has field and property for every css property that can be set, the properties add additional parsing like setting the correct border depending what border value was set (single, two , all four).
Has additional fields to control the location and size of the box and 'actual' css values for some properties that require additional calculations and parsing.
 Gets or sets the location of the box Gets or sets the size of the box the width of whitespace between words Gets or sets the location of the box Gets or sets the size of the box Gets the bounds of the box Gets the width available on the box, counting padding and margin. Gets the right of the box. When setting, it will affect only the width of the box. Gets or sets the bottom of the box. (When setting, alters only the Size.Height of the box) Gets the left of the client rectangle (Where content starts rendering) Gets the top of the client rectangle (Where content starts rendering) Gets the right of the client rectangle Gets the bottom of the client rectangle Gets the client rectangle Gets the actual height Gets the actual height Gets the actual top's padding Gets the actual padding on the left Gets the actual Padding of the bottom Gets the actual padding on the right Gets the actual top's Margin The margin top value if was effected by margin collapse. Gets the actual Margin on the left Gets the actual Margin of the bottom Gets the actual Margin on the right Gets the actual top border width Gets the actual Left border width Gets the actual Bottom border width Gets the actual Right border width Gets the actual top border Color Gets the actual Left border Color Gets the actual Bottom border Color Gets the actual Right border Color Gets the actual length of the north west corner Gets the actual length of the north east corner Gets the actual length of the south east corner Gets the actual length of the south west corner Gets a value indicating if at least one of the corners of the box is rounded Gets the actual width of whitespace between words. 获取实际的文本的颜色。 Gets the actual background color of the box Gets the second color that creates a gradient for the background Gets the actual angle specified for the background gradient Gets the actual font of the parent Gets the font that should be actually used to paint the text of the box Gets the line height Gets the text indentation (on first line only) Gets the actual horizontal border spacing for tables Gets the actual vertical border spacing for tables Get the parent of this css properties instance. Gets the height of the font in the specified units Ensures that the specified length is converted to pixels if necessary Set the style/width/color for all 4 borders on the box.
if null is given for a value it will not be set. optional: the style to set optional: the width to set optional: the color to set Measures the width of whitespace between words (set ). Inherits inheritable values from specified box.从指定的框继承可继承的值。 Set to true to inherit all CSS properties instead of only the ineritables Box to inherit the properties Helps on CSS Layout. Measure image box size by the width\height set on the box and the actual rendered image size.
If no image exists for the box error icon will be set. the image word to measure Creates line boxes for the specified blockbox Applies special vertical alignment for table-cells Recursively flows the content of the box using the inline model Device Info Blockbox that contains the text flow Current box to flow its content Maximum reached right Space to use between rows of text x starting coordinate for when breaking lines of text Current linebox being used Current x coordinate that will be the left of the next word Current y coordinate that will be the top of the next word Maximum right reached so far Maximum bottom reached so far Adjust the position of absolute elements by letf and top margins. Recursively creates the rectangles of the blockBox, by bubbling from deep to outside of the boxes in the rectangle structure Applies vertical and horizontal alignment to words in lineboxes Applies right to left direction to words Applies RTL direction to all the words on the line. the line to apply RTL to Applies RTL direction to specific box words on the line. Applies vertical alignment to the linebox Applies centered alignment to the text on the linebox Applies centered alignment to the text on the linebox Applies right alignment to the text on the linebox Simplest alignment, just arrange words. todo: optimizate, not creating a list each time Layout engine for tables executing the complex layout of tables with rows/columns/headers/etc. the main box of the table collection of all rows boxes collection of all columns boxes Init. Get the table cells spacing for all the cells in the table.
Used to calculate the spacing the table has in addition to regular padding and borders. the table box to calculate the spacing for the calculated spacing Analyzes the Table and assigns values to this CssTable object. To be called from the constructor Get the table boxes into the proper fields. Insert EmptyBoxes for vertical cell spanning. Determine Row and Column Count, and ColumnWidths While table width is larger than it should, and width is reductable.
If table max width is limited by we need to lower the columns width even if it will result in clipping
 Check for minimum sizes (increment widths if necessary) Layout the cells by the calculated table layout Gets the spanned width of a cell (With of all columns it spans minus one). Gets the cell column index checking its position and other cells colspans Gets the cells width, taking colspan and being in the specified column Gets the colspan of the specified box Gets the rowspan of the specified box Recursively measures words inside the box the box to measure Device to use Tells if the columns widths can be reduced, by checking the minimum widths of all cells Tells if the specified column can be reduced, by checking its minimum width Gets the available width for the whole table. It also sets the value of WidthSpecified The table's width can be larger than the result of this method, because of the minimum size that individual boxes. Gets the available width for the whole table. It also sets the value of WidthSpecified The table's width can be larger than the result of this method, because of the minimum size that individual boxes. Calculate the min and max width for each column of the table by the content in all rows.
the min width possible without clipping content
the max width the cell content can take without wrapping
 if to measure only columns that have no calculated width return the min width for each column - the min width possible without clipping content return the max width for each column - the max width the cell content can take without wrapping Gets the width available for cells It takes away the cell-spacing from Gets the current sum of column widths Gets the span attribute of the tag of the specified box Gets the minimum width of each column Gets the actual horizontal spacing of the table Gets the actual horizontal spacing of the table Gets the actual vertical spacing of the table Represents and gets info about a CSS Length http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#length-units Creates a new CssLength from a length specified on a CSS style sheet or fragment Length as specified in the Style Sheet or style fragment Gets the number in the length Gets if the length has some parsing error Gets if the length represents a precentage (not actually a length) Gets if the length is specified in relative units Gets the unit of the length Gets the length as specified in the string If length is in Ems, returns its value in points Em size factor to multiply Points size of this em If length has an error or isn't in ems If length is in Ems, returns its value in pixels Pixel size factor to multiply Pixels size of this em If length has an error or isn't in ems Returns the length formatted ready for CSS interpreting. Represents a line of text. 表示一行文本 To learn more about line-boxes see CSS spec: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visuren.html Creates a new LineBox Gets a list of boxes related with the linebox. To know the words of the box inside this linebox, use the method. Gets the words inside the linebox Gets the owner box Gets a List of rectangles that are to be painted on this linebox Get the height of this box line (the max height of all the words) Get the bottom of this box line (the max bottom of all the words) Lets the linebox add the word an its box to their lists if necessary. Return the words of the specified box that live in this linebox Updates the specified rectangle of the specified box. Copies the rectangles to their specified box Sets the baseline of the words of the specified box to certain height Device info box to check words baseline Check if the given word is the last selected word in the line.
It can either be the last word in the line or the next word has no selection. the word to check Returns the words of the linebox Represents a word inside an inline box 表示内联框内的单词 Because of performance, words of text are the most atomic element in the project. It should be characters, but come on, imagine the performance when drawing char by char on the device.
It may change for future versions of the library. 由于性能，单词是文本的最原子在项目中的元素。它应该是个字符，但是拜托，想象的性能，在设备上绘制的字符时。
它可能会改变为未来版本的库。 the CSS box owner of the word Rectangle If the word is selected this points to the selection handler for more data Init. the CSS box owner of the word Gets the Box where this word belongs. Gets or sets the bounds of the rectangle Left of the rectangle Top of the rectangle Width of the rectangle Get the full width of the word including the spacing. Gets the actual width of whitespace between words. Height of the rectangle Gets or sets the right of the rectangle. When setting, it only affects the Width of the rectangle. Gets or sets the bottom of the rectangle. When setting, it only affects the Height of the rectangle. If the word is selected this points to the selection handler for more data was there a whitespace before the word chars (before trim) was there a whitespace after the word chars (before trim) Gets the image this words represents (if one exists) Gets if the word represents an image. Gets a bool indicating if this word is composed only by spaces. Spaces include tabs and line breaks 获取一个布尔值，该值指示是否这个词仅由空格组成。空间包括制表符和换行符 Gets if the word is composed by only a line break Gets the text of the word is the word is currently selected the selection start index if the word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection end index if the word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection start offset if the word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection end offset if the word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) Gets or sets an offset to be considered in measurements Represents this word for debugging purposes Represents a word inside an inline box the image object if it is image word (can be null if not loaded) the image rectangle restriction as returned from image load event Creates a new BoxWord which represents an image the CSS box owner of the word Gets the image this words represents (if one exists) Gets if the word represents an image. the image rectange restriction as returned from image load event Represents this word for debugging purposes Represents a word inside an inline box The word text was there a whitespace before the word chars (before trim) was there a whitespace after the word chars (before trim) Init. the CSS box owner of the word the word chars was there a whitespace before the word chars (before trim) was there a whitespace after the word chars (before trim) was there a whitespace before the word chars (before trim) was there a whitespace after the word chars (before trim) Gets a bool indicating if this word is composed only by spaces. Spaces include tabs and line breaks Gets if the word is composed by only a line break Gets the text of the word Represents this word for debugging purposes Used to make space on vertical cell combination the index of the row where box starts the index of the row where box ends Gets the index of the row where box starts Gets the index of the row where box ends Represents the possible units of the CSS lengths http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#length-units CSS boxes that have ":hover" selector on them. the box that has :hover css on the :hover style block data Init. the box that has :hover css on the :hover style block data the name of the html tag if the tag is single placed; in other words it doesn't have a separate closing tag; 如果标记是单个，它没有单独的结束标记; collection of attributes and their value the html tag has Init. the name of the html tag if the tag is single placed; in other words it doesn't have a separate closing tag; collection of attributes and their value the html tag has Gets the name of this tag Gets collection of attributes and their value the html tag has Gets if the tag is single placed; in other words it doesn't have a separate closing tag;
e.g. <br> is the html tag has attributes. true - has attributes, false - otherwise Gets a boolean indicating if the attribute list has the specified attribute attribute name to check if exists true - attribute exists, false - otherwise Get attribute value for given attribute name or null if not exists. attribute name to get by optional: value to return if attribute is not specified attribute value or null if not found Represents a block of CSS property values.
Contains collection of key-value pairs that are CSS properties for specific css class.
Css class can be either custom or html tag name. 表示的 CSS 属性值块。
包含特定的 css 类的 CSS 属性的键-值对的集合
Css 类可以自定义或 html 标记名称。 To learn more about CSS blocks visit CSS spec: http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#block the name of the css class of the block the CSS block properties and values additional selectors to used in hierarchy (p className1 > className2) is the css block has :hover pseudo-class Creates a new block from the block's source the name of the css class of the block the CSS block properties and values optional: additional selectors to used in hierarchy optional: is the css block has :hover pseudo-class the name of the css class of the block additional selectors to used in hierarchy (p className1 > className2) Gets the CSS block properties and its values is the css block has :hover pseudo-class Merge the other block properties into this css block.
Other block properties can overwrite this block properties. the css block to merge with Create deep copy of the CssBlock. new CssBlock with same data Check if the two css blocks are the same (same class, selectors and properties). the other block to compare to true - the two blocks are the same, false - otherwise Check if the selectors of the css blocks is the same. the other block to compare to true - the selectors on blocks are the same, false - otherwise Check if the two css blocks are the same (same class, selectors and properties). the other block to compare to true - the two blocks are the same, false - otherwise Serves as a hash function for a particular type. A hash code for the current . Returns a that represents the current . Holds single class selector in css block hierarchical selection (p class1 > div.class2) 在 css 块分级选择持有单一类选择器 (p class1 > div.class2) the name of the css class of the block is the selector item has to be direct parent Creates a new block from the block's source the name of the css class of the block the name of the css class of the block is the selector item has to be direct parent Returns a that represents the current . Controls the way styles are generated when html is generated. styles are not generated at all（不包含样式） style are inserted in style attribute for each html tag (包含样式) style section is generated in the head of the html (style 部分生成 html 的头部) Callback used in to allow setting image externally and async.
The callback can provide path to image file path, URL or the actual image to use.
If is given (not ) then only the specified rectangle will be used from the loaded image and not all of it, also the rectangle will be used for size and not the actual image size.
 the path to the image to load (file path or URL) the image to use optional: limit to specific rectangle in the loaded image Invoked when an image is about to be loaded by file path, URL or inline data in 'img' element or background-image CSS style.
Allows to overwrite the loaded image by providing the image object manually, or different source (file or URL) to load from.
Example: image 'src' can be non-valid string that is interpreted in the overwrite delegate by custom logic to resource image object
Example: image 'src' in the html is relative - the overwrite intercepts the load and provide full source URL to load the image from
Example: image download requires authentication - the overwrite intercepts the load, downloads the image to disk using custom code and provide file path to load the image from. Can also use the asynchronous image overwrite not to block HTML rendering is applicable.
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
 use to cancel the image loading by html renderer, the provided image will be used. the source of the image (file path or uri) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the image element Callback used to allow setting image externally and async. Init. the source of the image (file path or Uri) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the image element Callback used to allow setting image externally and async. the source of the image (file path, URL or inline data) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the image element or CSS style Indicate the image load is handled asynchronously. Cancel this image loading and overwrite the image asynchronously using callback method.
 Callback to overwrite the loaded image with error image.
Can be called directly from delegate handler or asynchronously after setting to True.
 Callback to overwrite the loaded image with image to load from given URI.
Can be called directly from delegate handler or asynchronously after setting to True.
 the path to the image to load (file path or URL) Callback to overwrite the loaded image with image to load from given URI.
Can be called directly from delegate handler or asynchronously after setting to True.
Only the specified rectangle (x,y,width,height) will be used from the loaded image and not all of it, also the rectangle will be used for size and not the actual image size.
 the path to the image to load (file path or URL) optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it Callback to overwrite the loaded image with given image object.
Can be called directly from delegate handler or asynchronously after setting to True.
If is given (not ) then only the specified rectangle will be used from the loaded image and not all of it, also the rectangle will be used for size and not the actual image size.
 the image to load Callback to overwrite the loaded image with given image object.
Can be called directly from delegate handler or asynchronously after setting to True.
Only the specified rectangle (x,y,width,height) will be used from the loaded image and not all of it, also the rectangle will be used for size and not the actual image size.
 the image to load optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it Raised when the user clicks on a link in the html. the link href that was clicked collection of all the attributes that are defined on the link element use to cancel the execution of the link Init. the link href that was clicked the link href that was clicked collection of all the attributes that are defined on the link element use to cancel the execution of the link Exception thrown when client code subscribed to LinkClicked event thrown exception. Initializes a new instance of the class. Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. The message that describes the error. Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception. The error message that explains the reason for the exception. The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no inner exception is specified. Raised when html renderer requires refresh of the control hosting (invalidation and re-layout).
It can happen if some async event has occurred that requires re-paint and re-layout of the html.
Example: async download of image is complete. is re-layout is required for the refresh Init. is re-layout is required for the refresh is re-layout is required for the refresh Raised when an error occurred during html rendering. error type that is reported the error message the exception that occurred (can be null) Init. the type of error to report the error message optional: the exception that occurred error type that is reported the error message the exception that occurred (can be null) Enum of possible error types that can be reported. Raised when Html Renderer request scroll to specific location.
This can occur on document anchor click. the location to scroll to Init. the location to scroll to the x location to scroll to the x location to scroll to Invoked when a stylesheet is about to be loaded by file path or URL in 'link' element.
Allows to overwrite the loaded stylesheet by providing the stylesheet data manually, or different source (file or URL) to load from.
Example: The stylesheet 'href' can be non-valid URI string that is interpreted in the overwrite delegate by custom logic to pre-loaded stylesheet object
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
 the source of the stylesheet as found in the HTML (file path or URL) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the link element provide the new source (file path or URL) to load stylesheet from provide the stylesheet to load provide the stylesheet data to load Init. the source of the image (file path or URL) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the image element the source of the stylesheet as found in the HTML (file path or URL) collection of all the attributes that are defined on the link element provide the new source (file path or URL) to load stylesheet from provide the stylesheet to load provide the stylesheet data to load Holds data on link element in HTML.
Used to expose data outside of HTML Renderer internal structure. the id of the link element if present the href data of the link the rectangle of element as calculated by html layout Init. the id of the link element if present the href data of the link the rectangle of element as calculated by html layout Is the link is directed to another element in the html Return the id of the element this anchor link is referencing. Contains all the paint code to paint different background images. Draw the background image of the given box in the given rectangle.
Handle background-repeat and background-position values. the device to draw into the box to draw its background image the handler that loads image to draw the rectangle to draw image in Get top-left location to start drawing the image at depending on background-position value. the background-position value the rectangle to position image in the size of the image the top-left location Draw the background image at the required location repeating it over the X axis.
Adjust location to left if starting location doesn't include all the range (adjusted to center or right). Draw the background image at the required location repeating it over the Y axis.
Adjust location to top if starting location doesn't include all the range (adjusted to center or bottom). Draw the background image at the required location repeating it over the X and Y axis.
Adjust location to left-top if starting location doesn't include all the range (adjusted to center or bottom/right). Contains all the complex paint code to paint different style borders. used for all border paint to use the same points and not create new array each time. Draws all the border of the box with respect to style, width, etc. the device to draw into the box to draw borders for the bounding rectangle to draw in is it the first rectangle of the element is it the last rectangle of the element Draw simple border. Desired border the device to draw to Box which the border corresponds the brush to use the bounding rectangle to draw in Beveled border path, null if there is no rounded corners Draw specific border (top/bottom/left/right) with the box data (style/width/rounded).
 desired border to draw the box to draw its borders, contain the borders data the device to draw into the rectangle the border is enclosing Specifies if the border is for a starting line (no bevel on left) Specifies if the border is for an ending line (no bevel on right) Set rectangle for inset/outset border as it need diagonal connection to other borders. Desired border Box which the border corresponds the rectangle the border is enclosing Specifies if the border is for a starting line (no bevel on left) Specifies if the border is for an ending line (no bevel on right) Beveled border path, null if there is no rounded corners Makes a border path for rounded borders.
To support rounded dotted/dashed borders we need to use arc in the border path.
Return null if the border is not rounded.
 the device to draw into Desired border Box which the border corresponds the rectangle the border is enclosing Beveled border path, null if there is no rounded corners Get pen to be used for border draw respecting its style. Get the border color for the given box border. Get the border width for the given box border. Get the border style for the given box border. Makes the specified color darker for inset/outset borders. Handle context menu. select all text copy selected text copy the link source open link (as left mouse click) copy the source of the image copy image to clipboard save image to disk open video in browser copy video url to browser the selection handler linked to the context menu handler the html container the handler is on the last context menu shown the control that the context menu was shown on the css rectangle that context menu shown on the css link box that context menu shown on Init context menu items strings. Init. the selection handler linked to the context menu handler the html container the handler is on Show context menu clicked on given rectangle. the parent control to show the context menu on the rectangle that was clicked to show context menu the link that was clicked to show context menu on Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. 2 Dispose of the last used context menu. Handle link click. Copy the href of a link to clipboard. Open save as dialog to save the image Copy the image source to clipboard. Copy image object to clipboard. Copy selected text. Select all text. Utilities for fonts and fonts families handling. Allow to map not installed fonts to different collection of all installed and added font families to check if font exists cache of all the font used not to create same font again and again Init. Check if the given font family exists by name the font to check true - font exists by given family name, false - otherwise Adds a font family to be used. The font family to add. Adds a font mapping from to iff the is not found.
When the font is used in rendered html and is not found in existing fonts (installed or added) it will be replaced by .
 the font family to replace the font family to replace with Get cached font instance for the given font properties.
Improve performance not to create same font multiple times. cached font instance Get cached font if it exists in cache or null if it is not. create font (try using existing font family to support custom fonts) On download file async complete, success or fail. The online image uri the path to the downloaded file the error if download failed is the file download request was canceled Handler for downloading images from the web.
Single instance of the handler used for all images downloaded in a single html, this way if the html contains more than one reference to the same image it will be downloaded only once.
Also handles corrupt, partial and canceled downloads by first downloading to temp file and only if successful moving to cached file location. the web client used to download image from URL (to cancel on dispose) dictionary of image cache path to callbacks of download to handle multiple requests to download the same image Makes a request to download the image from the server and raises the when it's down.
 The online image uri the path on disk to download the file to is to download the file sync or async (true-async) This callback will be called with local file path. If something went wrong in the download it will return null. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Download the requested file in the URI to the given file path.
Use async sockets API to download from web, . Download the requested file in the URI to the given file path.
Use async sockets API to download from web, . key value pair of URL and file info to download the file to On download image complete to local file.
If the download canceled do nothing, if failed report error. Checks if the file was downloaded and raises the cachedFileCallback from Release the image and client objects. Handler for all loading image logic.

Loading by .
Loading by file path.
Loading by URI.

 Supports sync and async image loading. If the image object is created by the handler on calling dispose of the handler the image will be released, this makes release of unused images faster as they can be large.
Disposing image load handler will also cancel download of image from the web. the container of the html to handle load image for callback raised when image load process is complete with image or without Must be open as long as the image is in use the image instance of the loaded image the image rectangle restriction as returned from image load event to know if image load event callback was sync or async raised flag to indicate if to release the image object on box dispose (only if image was loaded by the box) is the handler has been disposed Init. the container of the html to handle load image for callback raised when image load process is complete with image or without the image instance of the loaded image the image rectangle restriction as returned from image load event Set image of this image box by analyzing the src attribute.
Load the image from inline base64 encoded string.
Or from calling property/method on the bridge object that returns image or URL to image.
Or from file path
Or from URI. File path and URI image loading is executed async and after finishing calling on the main thread and not thread-pool. the source of the image to load the collection of attributes on the element to use in event the image object (null if failed) Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. Set the image using callback from load image event, use the given data. the path to the image to load (file path or uri) the image to load optional: limit to specific rectangle of the image and not all of it Load the image from inline base64 encoded string data. the source that has the base64 encoded image Extract image object from inline base64 encoded data in the src of the html img element. the source that has the base64 encoded image image from base64 data string or null if failed Load image from path of image file or URL. the file path or uri to load image from Load the image file on thread-pool thread and calling after. the file path to get the image from Load the image file on thread-pool thread and calling after.
Calling on the main thread and not thread-pool. the file path to get the image from Load image from the given URI by downloading it.
Create local file name in temp folder from the URI, if the file already exists use it as it has already been downloaded. If not download the file. On download image complete to local file use to load the image file.
If the download canceled do nothing, if failed report error. Flag image load complete and request refresh for re-layout and invalidate. Release the image and client objects. Handler for text selection in the html. 在 html 中选定文本的处理程序。 the root of the handled html tree handler for showing context menu on right click the mouse location when selection started used to ignore small selections 选择启动时的鼠标位置用于忽视小的选区 the starting word of html selection
where the user started the selection, if the selection is backwards then it will be the last selected word. html 选择的开始单词
在用户开始选择，如果选择是倒退，那么它将是最后一个所选的单词。 the ending word of html selection
where the user ended the selection, if the selection is backwards then it will be the first selected word. html 选择结束词
用户结束的地方选择，如果选择是倒退，那么它将是第一个所选的单词。 the selection start index if the first selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection end index if the last selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection start offset if the first selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) the selection end offset if the last selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected) is the selection goes backward in the html, the starting word comes after the ending word in DFS traversing.
 used to ignore mouse up after selection current selection process is after double click (full word selection) used to know if selection is in the control or started outside so it needs to be ignored used to handle drag and drop is the cursor on the control has been changed by the selection handler used to know if double click selection is requested Init. the root of the handled html tree Select all the words in the html. the control hosting the html to invalidate Select the word at the given location if found. the control hosting the html to invalidate the location to select word at Handle mouse down to handle selection. the control hosting the html to invalidate the location of the mouse on the html Handle mouse up to handle selection and link click. the control hosting the html to invalidate is the left mouse button has been released is the mouse up should be ignored Handle mouse move to handle hover cursor and text selection. the control hosting the html to set cursor and invalidate the location of the mouse on the html On mouse leave change the cursor back to default. the control hosting the html to set cursor and invalidate Copy the currently selected html segment to clipboard.
Copy rich html text and plain text. Get the currently selected text segment in the html.
 Copy the currently selected html segment with style.
 The selection start index if the first selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected)
if the given word is not starting or ending selection word -1 is returned as full word selection is in place. Handles backward selecting by returning the selection end data instead of start. the word to return the selection start index for data value or -1 if not applicable The selection end index if the last selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected)
if the given word is not starting or ending selection word -1 is returned as full word selection is in place. Handles backward selecting by returning the selection end data instead of start. the word to return the selection end index for The selection start offset if the first selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected)
if the given word is not starting or ending selection word -1 is returned as full word selection is in place. Handles backward selecting by returning the selection end data instead of start. the word to return the selection start offset for The selection end offset if the last selected word is partially selected (-1 if not selected or fully selected)
if the given word is not starting or ending selection word -1 is returned as full word selection is in place. Handles backward selecting by returning the selection end data instead of start. the word to return the selection end offset for Clear the current selection. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. 2 Handle html text selection by mouse move over the html with left mouse button pressed.
Calculate the words in the selected range and set their selected property. 用鼠标左键按下处理 html 文本选择由鼠标移 html。
计算所选范围中的单词，将其选定的属性设置。 the control hosting the html to invalidate the mouse location true - partial word selection allowed, false - only full words selection true-部分单词选择允许、 虚假-只有完整的单词选择 Clear the selection from all the words in the css box recursively. the css box to selectionStart clear at Select all the words that are under DOM hierarchy.
 the box to start select all at Check if the current selection is non empty, has some selection data. true - partial word selection allowed, false - only full words selection true - is non empty selection, false - empty selection Select all the words that are between word and word in the DOM hierarchy.
 the root of the DOM sub-tree the selection is in selection start word limit selection end word limit Select all the words that are between word and word in the DOM hierarchy. the current traversal node selection start word limit selection end word limit used to know the traversal is currently in selected range Calculate the character index and offset by characters for the given word and given offset.
通过字符针对给定的单词以及给定的偏移量来计算的字符索引和偏移量。 . used to create graphics to measure string the word to calculate its index and offset the location to calculate for to set the starting or ending char and offset data Calculate the character index and offset by characters for the given word and given offset.
If the location is below the word line then set the selection to the end.
If the location is to the right of the word then set the selection to the end.
If the offset is to the left of the word set the selection to the beginning.
Otherwise calculate the width of each substring to find the char the location is on. 由字符针对给定的单词以及给定的偏移量计算的字符索引和偏移量。
如果位置是下面字线然后将所选内容设置为结束。
如果该位置位于右侧的词然后将所选内容设置为结束。
如果偏移量是左边的 word 设置选择到开头。
否则计算宽度的每个子字符串来查找字符的位置上。 used to create graphics to measure string the word to calculate its index and offset the location to calculate for is to include the first character in the calculation return the index of the char under the location return the offset of the char under the location Check if the selection direction is forward or backward.
Is the selection start word is before the selection end word in DFS traversal. Handler for loading a stylesheet data. Load stylesheet data from the given source.
The source can be local file or web URI.
First raise event to allow the client to overwrite the stylesheet loading.
If the stylesheet is downloaded from URI we will try to correct local URIs to absolute.
 the container of the html to handle load stylesheet for the source of the element to load the stylesheet by the attributes of the link element return the stylesheet string that has been loaded (null if failed or is given) return stylesheet data object that was provided by overwrite (null if failed or is given) Load stylesheet string from given source (file path or uri). the container of the html to handle load stylesheet for the file path or uri to load the stylesheet from the stylesheet string Load the stylesheet from local file by given path. the container of the html to handle load stylesheet for the stylesheet file to load the loaded stylesheet string Load the stylesheet from uri by downloading the string. the container of the html to handle load stylesheet for the uri to download from the loaded stylesheet string Make relative URLs absolute in the stylesheet using the URI of the stylesheet. the stylesheet to correct the stylesheet uri to use to create absolute URLs Corrected stylesheet 低层次封装Html渲染容器
允许 html 布局和呈现协会向实际控制人，没有那些允许处理在任何图形对象上的 html 呈现。
使用此类将需要客户端处理所有传播的鼠标/键盘事件，布局/绘制调用，滚动偏移量， 位置/大小/矩形处理和用户界面刷新请求。
MaxSize 和 ActualSize:
最大宽度和高度的呈现的 html。
最大宽度会影响自动换行的 html 布局、 调整大小的图像和表在可能的情况。
最大高度不影响布局，但不是会呈现外面 (剪辑)。
可以通过布局限制 (打开能线、 设置的图像大小等) 超过最大大小。
设置为零无限 (宽/高分别)。
ScrollOffset:
这将通过给定的偏移量调整呈现的 html，所以内容将"滚动"。
在与偏移量 (0,200) 的位置 (50,100) 被呈现的元素将不会呈现 在-100，因此客户端矩形外。 LinkClicked 事件
当用户点击一个链接的 html 中。
允许取消链接通过自定义逻辑来覆盖执行。
如果事件处理程序中出现的错误，它将在堆栈中向上传播。 StylesheetLoad 事件:
一个样式表时要加载的文件路径或 URL '链接' 元素中引发。
允许通过手动，提供的样式表的数据覆盖加载样式表或不同源 (文件或 URL) 从加载。
示例: href 样式表可以由预加载样式表对象的自定义逻辑解释覆盖委托中的非有效 URI 字符串
如果没有替代的数据提供将会使用原始源。
ImageLoad 事件:
提出要由 img 元素或背景图像 CSS 样式的文件路径、 URL 或内联数据加载图像时。
允许通过手动，提供的图像对象覆盖加载的图像或不同源 (文件或 URL) 从加载。
示例: 形象 src 可以解释为对资源图像对象的自定义逻辑覆盖委托中的非有效字符串
示例: 形象在 html 中的 src 是相对的 — — 覆盖截获负荷，并提供完整的源代码的 URL 加载图像从
示例: 映像下载文件要求身份验证-覆盖拦截负载，下载图像到磁盘使用自定义代码，并提供 加载的图像的文件路径。
如果没有替代的数据提供将会使用原始源。
Refresh 事件:
当 html 渲染器需要刷新的承载 (失效和重新布局) 的控件引发。
不能保证会在主线程上引发该事件，它可以在线程池线程上引发。 RenderError 事件:
当 html 渲染的过程中出错时引发。
Main adapter to framework specific logic. parser for CSS data the root css box of the parsed html list of all css boxes that have ":hover" selector on them Handler for text selection in the html. Handler for downloading of images in the html the text fore color use for selected text the back-color to use for selected text the parsed stylesheet data used for handling the html Is content selection is enabled for the rendered html (default - true).
If set to 'false' the rendered html will be static only with ability to click on links. Is the build-in context menu enabled (default - true) Gets or sets a value indicating if anti-aliasing should be avoided for geometry like backgrounds and borders Gets or sets a value indicating if image asynchronous loading should be avoided (default - false).
 Gets or sets a value indicating if image loading only when visible should be avoided (default - false).
 is the load of the html document is complete the top-left most location of the rendered html the max width and height of the rendered html, effects layout, actual size cannot exceed this values.
Set zero for unlimited.
 Gets or sets the scroll offset of the document for scroll controls The actual size of the rendered html (after layout) 关联的控件 Init. 初始化，如果需要用到鼠标等事件就需要RControl parser for CSS data Raised when the set html document has been fully loaded.
Allows manipulation of the html dom, scroll position, etc. Raised when the user clicks on a link in the html.
Allows canceling the execution of the link. Raised when html renderer requires refresh of the control hosting (invalidation and re-layout). There is no guarantee that the event will be raised on the main thread, it can be raised on thread-pool thread. Raised when Html Renderer request scroll to specific location.
This can occur on document anchor click. Raised when an error occurred during html rendering.
 There is no guarantee that the event will be raised on the main thread, it can be raised on thread-pool thread. Raised when a stylesheet is about to be loaded by file path or URI by link element.
This event allows to provide the stylesheet manually or provide new source (file or Uri) to load from.
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
 Raised when an image is about to be loaded by file path or URI.
This event allows to provide the image manually, if not handled the image will be loaded from file or download from URI. the parsed stylesheet data used for handling the html Gets or sets a value indicating if anti-aliasing should be avoided for geometry like backgrounds and borders (default - false). Gets or sets a value indicating if image asynchronous loading should be avoided (default - false).
True - images are loaded synchronously during html parsing.
False - images are loaded asynchronously to html parsing when downloaded from URL or loaded from disk.
 Asynchronously image loading allows to unblock html rendering while image is downloaded or loaded from disk using IO ports to achieve better performance.
Asynchronously image loading should be avoided when the full html content must be available during render, like render to image. Gets or sets a value indicating if image loading only when visible should be avoided (default - false).
True - images are loaded as soon as the html is parsed.
False - images that are not visible because of scroll location are not loaded until they are scrolled to. Images late loading improve performance if the page contains image outside the visible scroll area, especially if there is large amount of images, as all image loading is delayed (downloading and loading into memory).
Late image loading may effect the layout and actual size as image without set size will not have actual size until they are loaded resulting in layout change during user scroll.
Early image loading may also effect the layout if image without known size above the current scroll location are loaded as they will push the html elements down. Is content selection is enabled for the rendered html (default - true).
If set to 'false' the rendered html will be static only with ability to click on links. Is the build-in context menu enabled and will be shown on mouse right click (default - true) The scroll offset of the html.
This will adjust the rendered html by the given offset so the content will be "scrolled".
 Element that is rendered at location (50,100) with offset of (0,200) will not be rendered as it will be at -100 therefore outside the client rectangle. The top-left most location of the rendered html.
This will offset the top-left corner of the rendered html. The max width and height of the rendered html.
The max width will effect the html layout wrapping lines, resize images and tables where possible.
The max height does NOT effect layout, but will not render outside it (clip).
can be exceed the max size by layout restrictions (unwrapable line, set image size, etc.).
Set zero for unlimited (width\height separately).
 The actual size of the rendered html (after layout) Get the currently selected text segment in the html. Copy the currently selected html segment with style. 根元素 the text fore color use for selected text the back-color to use for selected text Init with optional document and stylesheet. the html to init with, init empty if not given optional: the stylesheet to init with, init default if not given Clear the content of the HTML container releasing any resources used to render previously existing content. Clear the current selection. Get html from the current DOM tree with style if requested. Optional: controls the way styles are generated when html is generated (default: ) generated html Get attribute value of element at the given x,y location by given key.
If more than one element exist with the attribute at the location the inner most is returned. the location to find the attribute at the attribute key to get value by found attribute value or null if not found Get all the links in the HTML with the element rectangle and href data. collection of all the links in the HTML Get css link href at the given x,y location. the location to find the link at css link href if exists or null Get the rectangle of html element as calculated by html layout.
Element if found by id (id attribute on the html element).
Note: to get the screen rectangle you need to adjust by the hosting control.
 the id of the element to get its rectangle the rectangle of the element or null if not found Measures the bounds of box and children, recursively. Device context to draw Render the html using the given device. the device to use to render Handle mouse down to handle selection. the location of the mouse the mouse event data Handle mouse up to handle selection and link click. the location of the mouse the mouse event data Handle mouse double click to select word under the mouse. the control hosting the html to set cursor and invalidate the location of the mouse Handle mouse move to handle hover cursor and text selection. the location of the mouse Handle mouse leave to handle hover cursor. Handle key down event for selection and copy. the pressed key Raise the stylesheet load event with the given event args. the event args Raise the image load event with the given event args. the event args Request invalidation and re-layout of the control hosting the renderer. is re-layout is required for the refresh Report error in html render process. the type of error to report the error message optional: the exception that occured Handle link clicked going over event and using if not canceled. the control hosting the html to invalidate the location of the mouse the link that was clicked Add css box that has ":hover" selector to be handled on mouse hover. the box that has the hover selector the css block with the css data with the selector Get image downloader to be used to download images for the current html rendering.
Lazy create single downloader to be used for all images in the current html. Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. 2 Adjust the offset of the given location by the current scroll offset. the location to adjust the adjusted location Check if the mouse is currently on the html container.
Relevant if the html container is not filled in the hosted control (location is not zero and the size is not the full size of the control). Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. General utilities. Measure the size of the html by performing layout under the given restrictions. the graphics to use the html to calculate the layout for the minimal size of the rendered html (zero - not limit the width/height) the maximum size of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped (zero - not limit the width/height) return: the size of the html to be rendered within the min/max limits Perform the layout of the html container by given size restrictions returning the final size.
The layout can be effected by the HTML content in the if or is set to true.
Handle minimum and maximum size restrictions.
Handle auto size and auto size for height only. if is true is ignored.
 the graphics used for layout the html container to layout the current size the min size restriction - can be empty for no restriction the max size restriction - can be empty for no restriction if to modify the size (width and height) by html content layout if to modify the height by html content layout Parser to parse CSS stylesheet source string into CSS objects. split CSS rule Utility for value parsing. The chars to trim the css class name by Init. Parse the given stylesheet source to CSS blocks dictionary.
The CSS blocks are organized into two level buckets of media type and class name.
Root media type are found under 'all' bucket.
If is true the parsed css blocks are added to the default css data (as defined by W3), merged if class name already exists. If false only the data in the given stylesheet is returned. raw css stylesheet to parse true - combine the parsed css data with default css data, false - return only the parsed css data the CSS data with parsed CSS objects (never null) Parse the given stylesheet source to CSS blocks dictionary.
The CSS blocks are organized into two level buckets of media type and class name.
Root media type are found under 'all' bucket.
The parsed css blocks are added to the given css data, merged if class name already exists. the CSS data to fill with parsed CSS objects raw css stylesheet to parse Parse single CSS block source into CSS block instance. the name of the css class of the block the CSS block to parse the created CSS block instance Parse a complex font family css property to check if it contains multiple fonts and if the font exists.
returns the font family name to use or 'inherit' if failed. the font-family value to parse parsed font-family value Parses a color value in CSS style; e.g. #ff0000, red, rgb(255,0,0), rgb(100%, 0, 0) color string value to parse color value Remove comments from the given stylesheet. the stylesheet to remove comments from stylesheet without comments Parse given stylesheet for CSS blocks
This blocks are added under the "all" keyword. the CSS data to fill with parsed CSS objects the stylesheet to parse Parse given stylesheet for media CSS blocks
This blocks are added under the specific media block they are found. the CSS data to fill with parsed CSS objects the stylesheet to parse Feeds the style with a block about the specific media.
When no media is specified, "all" will be used. the CSS block to handle optional: the media (default - all) Parse single CSS block source into CSS block instance. the name of the css class of the block the CSS block to parse the created CSS block instance Parse css block selector to support hierarchical selector (p class1 > class2). 解析 css 块选择器以支持分层选择器 (p class1 > class2)。 the class selector to parse return the main class the css block is on returns the hierarchy of classes or null if single class selector Parse the properties of the given css block into a key-value dictionary. the raw css block to parse dictionary with parsed css block properties Add the given property to the given properties collection, if the property is complex containing multiple css properties then parse them and add the inner properties. 将给定的属性添加到给定的属性集合，如果属性是复杂含 多个 css 属性然后解析它们并添加的内部属性。 the name of the css property to add the value of the css property to add the properties collection to add to Parse length property to add only valid lengths. the name of the css property to add the value of the css property to add the properties collection to add to Parse color property to add only valid color. the name of the css property to add the value of the css property to add the properties collection to add to Parse a complex font property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to the value of the property to parse parsed value Parse a complex font family css property to check if it contains multiple fonts and if the font exists.
returns the font family name to use or 'inherit' if failed. the value of the property to parse parsed font-family value Parse a complex border property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the left, top, right or bottom direction of the border to parse the properties collection to add the specific properties to Parse a complex margin property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to Parse a complex border style property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to Parse a complex border width property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to Parse a complex border color property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to Parse a complex padding property value that contains multiple css properties into specific css properties. the value of the property to parse to specific values the properties collection to add the specific properties to Split multi direction value into the proper direction values (left, top, right, bottom). Split the value by the specified separator; e.g. Useful in values like 'padding:5 4 3 inherit' Value to be splitted Splitted and trimmed values Parse the given substring to extract border width substring. Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 found border width value or null Parse the given substring to extract border style substring.
Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 found border width value or null Parse the given substring to extract border style substring.
Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 found border width value or null Parse CSS properties values like numbers, Urls, etc. Init. Check if the given substring is a valid double number. Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 true - valid double number, false - otherwise Check if the given substring is a valid double number. Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 true - valid int number, false - otherwise Check if the given string is a valid length value. the string value to check true - valid, false - invalid Evals a number and returns it. If number is a percentage, it will be multiplied by Number to be parsed Number that represents the 100% if parsed number is a percentage Parsed number. Zero if error while parsing. Parses a length. Lengths are followed by an unit identifier (e.g. 10px, 3.1em) Specified length Equivalent to 100 percent when length is percentage if the length is in pixels and the length is font related it needs to use 72/96 factor the parsed length value with adjustments Parses a length. Lengths are followed by an unit identifier (e.g. 10px, 3.1em) Specified length Equivalent to 100 percent when length is percentage the parsed length value with adjustments Parses a length. Lengths are followed by an unit identifier (e.g. 10px, 3.1em) Specified length Equivalent to 100 percent when length is percentage if the length is in pixels and the length is font related it needs to use 72/96 factor Allows the return double to be in points. If false, result will be pixels the parsed length value with adjustments Get the unit to use for the length, use default if no unit found in length string. Check if the given color string value is valid. color string value to parse true - valid, false - invalid Parses a color value in CSS style; e.g. #ff0000, red, rgb(255,0,0), rgb(100%, 0, 0) color string value to parse Color value Parses a color value in CSS style; e.g. #ff0000, RED, RGB(255,0,0), RGB(100%, 0, 0) color substring value to parse substring start idx substring length return the parsed color true - valid color, false - otherwise Parses a border value in CSS style; e.g. 1px, 1, thin, thick, medium Get color by parsing given hex value color string (#A28B34). true - valid color, false - otherwise Get color by parsing given RGB value color string (RGB(255,180,90)) true - valid color, false - otherwise Get color by parsing given RGBA value color string (RGBA(255,180,90,180)) true - valid color, false - otherwise Get color by given name, including .NET name. true - valid color, false - otherwise Parse the given decimal number string to positive int value.
Start at given , ignore whitespaces and take as many digits as possible to parse to int. the string to parse the index to start parsing at parsed int or 0 Parse the given decimal number string to positive int value. Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 int value, -1 if not valid Parse the given hex number string to positive int value. Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 int value, -1 if not valid Handle css DOM tree generation from raw html and stylesheet. Parser for CSS Init. Generate css tree by parsing the given html and applying the given css style data on it. the html to parse the html container to use for reference resolve the css data to use the root of the generated tree Read styles defined inside the dom structure in links and style elements.
If the html tag is "style" tag parse it content and add to the css data for all future tags parsing.
If the html tag is "link" that point to style data parse it content and add to the css data for all future tags parsing.
 the box to parse style data in the html container to use for reference resolve the style data to fill with found styles check if the css data has been modified by the handled html not to change the base css data Applies style to all boxes in the tree.
If the html tag has style defined for each apply that style to the css box of the tag.
If the html tag has "class" attribute and the class name has style defined apply that style on the tag css box.
If the html tag has "style" attribute parse it and apply the parsed style on the tag css box.
将样式应用于在树中的所有框。
如果 html 标记已将该样式应用于标记的 css 框中为每个定义的样式。
如果 html 标记有"class"属性和类名称已定义的样式标记 css 盒子上应用该样式。
如果 html 标记有"样式"属性解析它并将解析后的样式应用上标记 css 框。
the box to apply the style to the style data for the html Set the selected text style (selection text color and background color). the style data Assigns the given css classes to the given css box checking if matching.
Support multiple classes in single attribute separated by whitespace. the css box to assign css to the css data to use to get the matching css blocks Assigns the given css style blocks to the given css box checking if matching. the css box to assign css to the css data to use to get the matching css blocks the class selector to search for css blocks Check if the given css block is assignable to the given css box.
the block is assignable if it has no hierarchical selectors or if the hierarchy matches.
Special handling for ":hover" pseudo-class.
 the box to check assign to the block to check assign of true - the block is assignable to the box, false - otherwise Check if the given css block is assignable to the given css box by validating the selector.
 the box to check assign to the block to check assign of true - the block is assignable to the box, false - otherwise Assigns the given css style block properties to the given css box. the css box to assign css to the css block to assign Check if the given style is allowed to be set on the given css box.
Used to prevent invalid CssBoxes creation like table with inline display style. the css box to assign css to the style key to cehck the style value to check true - style allowed, false - not allowed Clone css data if it has not already been cloned.
Used to preserve the base css data used when changed by style inside html. Converts an HTML length into a Css length Cascades to the TD's the border spacified in the TABLE tag. Cascades to the TD's the border spacified in the TABLE tag. Execute action on all the "td" cells of the table.
Handle if there is "theader" or "tbody" exists. the table element the action to execute Go over all the text boxes (boxes that have some text that will be rendered) and remove all boxes that have only white-spaces but are not 'preformatted' so they do not effect the rendered html. the current box to correct its sub-tree Go over all image boxes and if its display style is set to block, put it inside another block but set the image to inline. the current box to correct its sub-tree Correct the DOM tree recursively by replacing "br" html boxes with anonymous blocks that respect br spec.
If the "br" tag is after inline box then the anon block will have zero height only acting as newline, but if it is after block box then it will have min-height of the font size so it will create empty line. the current box to correct its sub-tree used to know if the br is following a box so it should create an empty line or not so it only move to a new line Correct DOM tree if there is block boxes that are inside inline blocks.
Need to rearrange the tree so block box will be only the child of other block box. the current box to correct its sub-tree Rearrange the DOM of the box to have block box with boxes before the inner block box and after. the box that has the problem Split bad box that has inline and block boxes into two parts, the left - before the block box and right - after the block box. the parent box that has the problem the box to split into different boxes the left block box that is created for the split Makes block boxes be among only block boxes and all inline boxes have block parent box.
Inline boxes should live in a pool of Inline boxes only so they will define a single block.
At the end of this process a block box will have only block siblings and inline box will have only inline siblings. the current box to correct its sub-tree Check if the given box contains only inline child boxes in all subtree. the box to check true - only inline child boxes, false - otherwise Check if the given box contains inline and block child boxes. the box to check true - has variant child boxes, false - otherwise Parses the source html to css boxes tree structure. the html source to parse Add html text anon box to the current box, this box will have the rendered text
Adding box also for text that contains only whitespaces because we don't know yet if the box is preformatted. At later stage they will be removed if not relevant. the html source to parse the start of the html part the index of the next html tag the current box in html tree parsing Parse the html part, the part from prev parsing index to the beginning of the next html tag.
 the html source to parse the index of the next html tag the current box in html tree parsing the end of the parsed part, the new start index Parse raw html tag source to object.
Extract attributes found on the tag. the html source to parse the start index of the tag in the source the length of the tag from the start index in the source return the name of the html tag return the dictionary of tag attributes true - the tag is closing tag, false - otherwise Extract html tag attributes from the given sub-string. the html source to parse the start index of the tag attributes in the source the length of the tag attributes from the start index in the source return the dictionary of tag attributes Collection of regular expressions used when parsing Extracts the media types from a media at-rule; e.g. @media print, 3d, screen { Extracts defined blocks in CSS. WARNING: Blocks will include blocks inside at-rules. Extracts a number; e.g. 5, 6, 7.5, 0.9 Extracts css percentages from the string; e.g. 100% .5% 5.4% Extracts CSS lengths; e.g. 9px 3pt .89em Extracts line-height values (normal, numbers, lengths, percentages) Extracts font-family values Extracts CSS font-styles; e.g. normal italic oblique Extracts CSS font-variant values; e.g. normal, small-caps Extracts font-weight values; e.g. normal, bold, bolder... Exracts font sizes: xx-small, larger, small, 34pt, 30%, 2em Gets the font-size[/line-height]? on the font shorthand property. Check http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-shorthand the regexes cache that is used by the parser so not to create regex each time Get CSS at rule from the given stylesheet. the stylesheet data to retrieve the rule from the index to start the search for the rule, on return will be the value of the end of the found rule the found at rule or null if not exists Extracts matches from the specified source Regular expression to extract matches Source to extract matches Collection of matches Searches the specified regex on the source Searches the specified regex on the source Get regex instance for the given regex string. the regex string to use the regex instance Static class that contains argument-checking methods Validate given is true, otherwise throw exception. Exception type to throw. Condition to assert. Exception message in-case of assert failure. Validate given argument isn't Null. argument to validate Name of the argument checked if is Null Validate given argument isn't . argument to validate Name of the argument checked if is Validate given argument isn't Null or empty. argument to validate Name of the argument checked if is Null or empty Validate given argument isn't Null. Type expected of argument to validate Name of the argument checked if is Null cast as Validate given argument isn't Null or empty AND argument value is the path of existing file. argument to validate Name of the argument checked if is Null or empty if file-path not exist Utility methods for general stuff. Table to convert numbers into roman digits the temp path to use for local files Check if the given char is of Asian range.检查出的字符是亚洲范围。 the character to check true - Asian char, false - otherwise Check if the given char is a digit character (0-9) and (0-9, a-f for HEX) the character to check optional: is hex digit check true - is digit, false - not a digit 判断字符是否为字母 Convert the given char to digit. the character to check optional: is hex digit check true - is digit, false - not a digit Get size that is max of and for width and height separately. Get Uri object for the given path if it is valid uri path. the path to get uri for uri or null if not valid Get the first value in the given dictionary. the type of dictionary key the type of dictionary value the dictionary optional: the default value to return of no elements found in dictionary first element or default value Get file info object for the given path if it is valid file path. the path to get file info for file info or null if not valid Get web client response content type. the web client to get the response content type from response content type or null Gets the representation of the online uri on the local disk. The online image uri. The path of the file on the disk. Get substring separated by whitespace starting from the given idex. the string to get substring in the index to start substring search from return the length of the found string the index of the substring, -1 if no valid sub-string found Compare that the substring of is equal to Assume given substring is not empty and all indexes are valid!
 true - equals, false - not equals Replaces invalid filename chars to '_' The possibly-not-valid filename A valid filename. Convert number to alpha numeric system by the requested style (UpperAlpha, LowerRoman, Hebrew, etc.). the number to convert the css style to convert by converted string Convert the given integer into alphabetic numeric format (D, AU, etc.) the number to convert is to use lowercase the roman number string Convert the given integer into alphabetic numeric format (alpha, AU, etc.) the number to convert the roman number string Convert the given integer into roman numeric format (II, VI, IX, etc.) the number to convert if to use lowercase letters for roman digits the roman number string Convert the given integer into given alphabet numeric system. the number to convert the alphabet system to use the number string Convert the given integer into given alphabet numeric system. the number to convert the alphabet system to use the number string String constants to avoid typing errors. Centimeters Millimeters Pixels Inches Em - The font size of the relevant font The 'x-height' of the relevan font Points Picas Default font size in points. Change this value to modify the default font size. Default font used for the generic 'serif' family Utility method for handling CSS stuff. Brush for selection background Brush for selection background Gets the white space width of the specified box Get CSS box property value by the CSS name.
Used as a mapping between CSS property and the class property. the CSS box to get it's property value the name of the CSS property the value of the property, null if no such property exists Set CSS box property value by the CSS name.
Used as a mapping between CSS property and the class property. the CSS box to set it's property value the name of the CSS property the value to set Utility class for traversing DOM structure and execution stuff on it. Check if the given location is inside the given box deep.
Check inner boxes and all lines that the given box spans to. the box to check the location to check true - location inside the box, false - otherwise Check if the given box contains only inline child boxes. the box to check true - only inline child boxes, false - otherwise Recursively searches for the parent with the specified HTML Tag name Gets the previous sibling of this box. Box before this one on the tree. Null if its the first Gets the previous sibling of this box. Box before this one on the tree. Null if its the first fix word space for first word in inline tag. the box to check Gets the next sibling of this box. Box before this one on the tree. Null if its the first Get attribute value by given key starting search from given box, search up the tree until attribute found or root. the box to start lookup at the attribute to get the value of the attribute or null if not found Get css box under the given sub-tree at the given x,y location, get the inner most.
the location must be in correct scroll offset. the box to start search from the location to find the box by Optional: if to get only visible boxes (default - true) css link box if exists or null Collect all link boxes found in the HTML tree. the box to start search from collection to add all link boxes to Get css link box under the given sub-tree at the given x,y location.
the location must be in correct scroll offset. the box to start search from the location to find the box by css link box if exists or null Get css box under the given sub-tree with the given id.
 the box to start search from the id to find the box by css box if exists or null Get css line box under the given sub-tree at the given y location or the nearest line from the top.
the location must be in correct scroll offset. the box to start search from the location to find the box at css word box if exists or null Get css word box under the given sub-tree at the given x,y location.
the location must be in correct scroll offset. the box to start search from the location to find the box at css word box if exists or null Get css word box under the given sub-tree at the given x,y location.
the location must be in correct scroll offset. the line box to search in the location to find the box at css word box if exists or null Find the css line box that the given word is in. the word to search for it's line box line box that the word is in Get selected plain text of the given html sub-tree. the DOM box to get selected text from its sub-tree the selected plain text string Generate html from the given DOM tree.
Generate all the style inside the html, in header or for every tag depending on value. the box of the html generate html from Optional: controls the way styles are generated when html is generated Optional: true - generate only selected html subset, false - generate all (default - false) generated html Generate textual tree representation of the css boxes tree starting from the given root.
Used for debugging html parsing. the root to generate tree from generated tree Get selected plain text of the given html sub-tree.
Append all the selected words. the builder to append the selected text to the DOM box to get selected text from its sub-tree the index of the last word appended Collect the boxes that have at least one word down the hierarchy that is selected recursively.
 the box to check its sub-tree the collection to add the selected tags to Collect the boxes that have at least one word down the hierarchy that is selected recursively.
Use to handle boxes that are between selected words but don't have selected word inside.
 the box to check its sub-tree the hash to add the selected boxes to used to handle boxes that are between selected words but don't have selected word inside is the current box is in selected sub-tree find the box the is the root of selected boxes (the first box to contain multiple selected boxes) the root of the boxes tree the selected boxes to find selection root in the box that is the root of selected boxes Check if the given box has a names child box (has html tag) recursively. the box to check true - in sub-tree there is a named box, false - otherwise Write the given html DOM sub-tree into the given string builder.
If are given write html only from those tags. used to parse CSS data the string builder to write html into the html sub-tree to write Controls the way styles are generated when html is generated Control if to generate only selected boxes, if given only boxes found in hash will be generated the box the is the root of selected boxes (the first box to contain multiple selected boxes) Write the given html tag with all its attributes and styles. used to parse CSS data the string builder to write html into the css box with the html tag to write Controls the way styles are generated when html is generated Clean the given style collection by removing default styles so only custom styles remain.
Return new collection where the old remains unchanged. the box the styles apply to, used to know the default style the collection of styles to clean new cleaned styles collection Write stylesheet data inline into the html. the string builder to write stylesheet into the css data to write to the head Get the selected word with respect to partial selected words. the word to append is to get selected text or all the text in the word Generate textual tree representation of the css boxes tree starting from the given root.
Used for debugging html parsing. the box to generate for the string builder to generate to the current indent level to set indent of generated text Defines HTML strings List of html tags that don't have content the html encode\decode pairs the html decode only pairs Init. Is the given html tag is single tag or can have content. the tag to check (must be lower case) true - is single tag, false - otherwise Decode html encoded string to regular string. 对 html 编码字符串到常规字符串进行解码。
Handles处理 <, >, "&. the string to decode decoded string Encode regular string into html encoded string.
Handles <, >, "&. the string to encode encoded string Decode html special charecters encoded using char entity code (€) the string to decode decoded string Provides some drawing functionality Check if the given color is visible if painted (has alpha and color values) the color to check true - visible, false - not visible Clip the region the graphics will draw on by the overflow style of the containing block.
Recursively travel up the tree to find containing block that has overflow style set to hidden. if not block found there will be no clipping and null will be returned. the graphics to clip the box that is rendered to get containing blocks true - was clipped, false - not clipped Draw image loading icon. the device to draw into the rectangle to draw icon in Draw image failed to load icon. the device to draw into the rectangle to draw icon in Creates a rounded rectangle using the specified corner radius
NW-----NE | | | | SW-----SE the device to draw into Rectangle to round Radius of the north east corner Radius of the north west corner Radius of the south east corner Radius of the south west corner GraphicsPath with the lines of the rounded rectangle ready to be painted Represents sub-string of a full string starting at specific location with a specific length. 表示具有特定长度的特定位置开始的完整字符串的子字符串。 the full string that this sub-string is part of the start index of the sub-string the length of the sub-string starting at Init sub-string that is the full string. the full string that this sub-string is part of Init. the full string that this sub-string is part of the start index of the sub-string the length of the sub-string starting at is null the full string that this sub-string is part of the start index of the sub-string the length of the sub-string starting at Get string char at specific index. the idx to get the char at char at index Is the sub-string is empty string. true - empty string, false - otherwise Is the sub-string is empty string or contains only whitespaces. true - empty or whitespace string, false - otherwise Is the sub-string contains only whitespaces (at least one). true - empty or whitespace string, false - otherwise Get a string of the sub-string.
This will create a new string object! new string that is the sub-string represented by this instance Retrieves a substring from this instance. The substring starts at a specified character position and has a specified length. The zero-based starting character position of a substring in this instance. The number of characters in the substring. A String equivalent to the substring of length length that begins at startIndex in this instance, or Empty if startIndex is equal to the length of this instance and length is zero. Low level handling of Html Renderer logic, this class is used by , , and .
 The internal core html container Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text. Init. Init. Raised when the set html document has been fully loaded.
Allows manipulation of the html dom, scroll position, etc. Raised when the user clicks on a link in the html.
Allows canceling the execution of the link. Raised when html renderer requires refresh of the control hosting (invalidation and re-layout). There is no guarantee that the event will be raised on the main thread, it can be raised on thread-pool thread. Raised when Html Renderer request scroll to specific location.
This can occur on document anchor click. Raised when an error occurred during html rendering.
 There is no guarantee that the event will be raised on the main thread, it can be raised on thread-pool thread. Raised when a stylesheet is about to be loaded by file path or URI by link element.
This event allows to provide the stylesheet manually or provide new source (file or Uri) to load from.
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
 Raised when an image is about to be loaded by file path or URI.
This event allows to provide the image manually, if not handled the image will be loaded from file or download from URI. The internal core html container Use GDI+ text rendering to measure/draw text.
 GDI+ text rendering is less smooth than GDI text rendering but it natively supports alpha channel thus allows creating transparent images. While using GDI+ text rendering you can control the text rendering using , note that using doesn't work well with transparent background. the parsed stylesheet data used for handling the html Gets or sets a value indicating if anti-aliasing should be avoided for geometry like backgrounds and borders (default - false). Gets or sets a value indicating if image asynchronous loading should be avoided (default - false).
True - images are loaded synchronously during html parsing.
False - images are loaded asynchronously to html parsing when downloaded from URL or loaded from disk.
 Asynchronously image loading allows to unblock html rendering while image is downloaded or loaded from disk using IO ports to achieve better performance.
Asynchronously image loading should be avoided when the full html content must be available during render, like render to image. Gets or sets a value indicating if image loading only when visible should be avoided (default - false).
True - images are loaded as soon as the html is parsed.
False - images that are not visible because of scroll location are not loaded until they are scrolled to. Images late loading improve performance if the page contains image outside the visible scroll area, especially if there is large amount of images, as all image loading is delayed (downloading and loading into memory).
Late image loading may effect the layout and actual size as image without set size will not have actual size until they are loaded resulting in layout change during user scroll.
Early image loading may also effect the layout if image without known size above the current scroll location are loaded as they will push the html elements down. Is content selection is enabled for the rendered html (default - true).
If set to 'false' the rendered html will be static only with ability to click on links. Is the build-in context menu enabled and will be shown on mouse right click (default - true) The scroll offset of the html.
This will adjust the rendered html by the given offset so the content will be "scrolled".
 Element that is rendered at location (50,100) with offset of (0,200) will not be rendered as it will be at -100 therefore outside the client rectangle. The top-left most location of the rendered html.
This will offset the top-left corner of the rendered html. The max width and height of the rendered html.
The max width will effect the html layout wrapping lines, resize images and tables where possible.
The max height does NOT effect layout, but will not render outside it (clip).
can be exceed the max size by layout restrictions (unwrappable line, set image size, etc.).
Set zero for unlimited (width\height separately).
 The actual size of the rendered html (after layout) 复制被选中的HTML内容 全选 Get the currently selected text segment in the html. Copy the currently selected html segment with style. Clear the current selection. 根元素 Init with optional document and stylesheet. the html to init with, init empty if not given optional: the stylesheet to init with, init default if not given Get html from the current DOM tree with style if requested. Optional: controls the way styles are generated when html is generated (default: ) generated html Get attribute value of element at the given x,y location by given key.
If more than one element exist with the attribute at the location the inner most is returned. the location to find the attribute at the attribute key to get value by found attribute value or null if not found Get all the links in the HTML with the element rectangle and href data. collection of all the links in the HTML Get css link href at the given x,y location. the location to find the link at css link href if exists or null Get the rectangle of html element as calculated by html layout.
Element if found by id (id attribute on the html element).
Note: to get the screen rectangle you need to adjust by the hosting control.
 the id of the element to get its rectangle the rectangle of the element or null if not found Measures the bounds of box and children, recursively. Device context to draw Render the html using the given device. the device to use to render Handle mouse down to handle selection. the mouse event args Handle mouse up to handle selection and link click. the mouse event args Handle mouse double click to select word under the mouse. the control hosting the html to set cursor and invalidate mouse event args Handle mouse move to handle hover cursor and text selection. the mouse event args Handle mouse leave to handle hover cursor. Handle key down event for selection and copy. the pressed key Create HtmlRenderer mouse event from win forms mouse event. Create HtmlRenderer key event from win forms key event. Standalone static class for simple and direct HTML rendering.
For WinForms UI prefer using HTML controls: or .
For low-level control and performance consider using .
 GDI vs. GDI+ text rendering
Windows supports two text rendering technologies: GDI and GDI+.
GDI is older, has better performance and looks better on standard monitors but doesn't support alpha channel for transparency.
GDI+ is newer, device independent so work better for printers but is slower and looks worse on monitors.
HtmlRender supports both GDI and GDI+ text rendering to accommodate different needs, GDI+ text rendering methods have "GdiPlus" suffix in their name where GDI do not.
 Rendering to image
See https://htmlrenderer.codeplex.com/wikipage?title=Image%20generation
Because of GDI text rendering issue with alpha channel clear type text rendering rendering to image requires special handling.
Solid color background - generate an image where the background is filled with solid color and all the html is rendered on top of the background color, GDI text rendering will be used. (RenderToImage method where the first argument is html string)
Image background - render html on top of existing image with whatever currently exist but it cannot have transparent pixels, GDI text rendering will be used. (RenderToImage method where the first argument is Image object)
Transparent background - render html to empty image using GDI+ text rendering, the generated image can be transparent. Text rendering can be controlled using , note that doesn't render well on transparent background. (RenderToImageGdiPlus method)
 Overwrite stylesheet resolution
Exposed by optional "stylesheetLoad" delegate argument.
Invoked when a stylesheet is about to be loaded by file path or URL in 'link' element.
Allows to overwrite the loaded stylesheet by providing the stylesheet data manually, or different source (file or URL) to load from.
Example: The stylesheet 'href' can be non-valid URI string that is interpreted in the overwrite delegate by custom logic to pre-loaded stylesheet object
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
 Overwrite image resolution
Exposed by optional "imageLoad" delegate argument.
Invoked when an image is about to be loaded by file path, URL or inline data in 'img' element or background-image CSS style.
Allows to overwrite the loaded image by providing the image object manually, or different source (file or URL) to load from.
Example: image 'src' can be non-valid string that is interpreted in the overwrite delegate by custom logic to resource image object
Example: image 'src' in the html is relative - the overwrite intercepts the load and provide full source URL to load the image from
Example: image download requires authentication - the overwrite intercepts the load, downloads the image to disk using custom code and provide file path to load the image from.
If no alternative data is provided the original source will be used.
Note: Cannot use asynchronous scheme overwrite scheme.
 Simple rendering
HtmlRender.Render(g, "Hello World]]>");
HtmlRender.Render(g, "Hello World]]>", 10, 10, 500, CssData.Parse("body {font-size: 20px}")");
 Image rendering
HtmlRender.RenderToImage("Hello World]]>", new Size(600,400));
HtmlRender.RenderToImage("Hello World]]>", 600);
HtmlRender.RenderToImage(existingImage, "Hello World]]>");
 Adds a font family to be used in html rendering.
The added font will be used by all rendering function including and all WinForms controls. The given font family instance must be remain alive while the renderer is in use.
If loaded to then the collection must be alive.
If loaded from file then the file must not be deleted. The font family to add. Adds a font mapping from to iff the is not found.
When the font is used in rendered html and is not found in existing fonts (installed or added) it will be replaced by .
 This fonts mapping can be used as a fallback in case the requested font is not installed in the client system. the font family to replace the font family to replace with Parse the given stylesheet to object.
If is true the parsed css blocks are added to the default css data (as defined by W3), merged if class name already exists. If false only the data in the given stylesheet is returned. the stylesheet source to parse true - combine the parsed css data with default css data, false - return only the parsed css data the parsed css data Measure the size (width and height) required to draw the given html under given max width restriction.
If no max width restriction is given the layout will use the maximum possible width required by the content, it can be the longest text line or full image width.
Use GDI text rendering, note has no effect. Device to use for measure HTML source to render optional: bound the width of the html to render in (default - 0, unlimited) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the size required for the html Measure the size (width and height) required to draw the given html under given max width restriction.
If no max width restriction is given the layout will use the maximum possible width required by the content, it can be the longest text line or full image width.
Use GDI+ text rending, use to control text rendering. Device to use for measure HTML source to render optional: bound the width of the html to render in (default - 0, unlimited) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the size required for the html Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max width restriction.
Use GDI text rendering, note has no effect.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render optional: the left most location to start render the html at (default - 0) optional: the top most location to start render the html at (default - 0) optional: bound the width of the html to render in (default - 0, unlimited) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max size restriction.
Use GDI text rendering, note has no effect.
If .Width is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If .Height is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render the top-left most location to start render the html at the max size of the rendered html (if height above zero it will be clipped) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max size restriction.
Use GDI+ text rending, use to control text rendering.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render optional: the left most location to start render the html at (default - 0) optional: the top most location to start render the html at (default - 0) optional: bound the width of the html to render in (default - 0, unlimited) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max size restriction.
Use GDI+ text rending, use to control text rendering.
If .Width is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If .Height is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render the top-left most location to start render the html at the max size of the rendered html (if height above zero it will be clipped) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Renders the specified HTML on top of the given image.
will contain the rendered html in it on top of original content.
must not contain transparent pixels as it will corrupt the rendered html text.
The HTML will be layout by the given image size but may be clipped if cannot fit.
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .
 the image to render the html on HTML source to render optional: the top-left most location to start render the html at (default - 0,0) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic Renders the specified HTML on top of the given image.
will contain the rendered html in it on top of original content.
must not contain transparent pixels as it will corrupt the rendered html text.
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .
 the image to render the html on HTML source to render the top-left most location to start render the html at the max size of the rendered html (if height above zero it will be clipped) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic Renders the specified HTML into a new image of the requested size.
The HTML will be layout by the given size but will be clipped if cannot fit.

Limitation: The image cannot have transparent background, by default it will be white.
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .

 HTML source to render The size of the image to render into, layout html by width and clipped by height optional: the color to fill the image with (default - white) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html if is . Renders the specified HTML into a new image of unknown size that will be determined by max width/height and HTML layout.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.

Limitation: The image cannot have transparent background, by default it will be white.
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .

 HTML source to render optional: the max width of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped optional: the max height of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped optional: the color to fill the image with (default - white) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html if is . Renders the specified HTML into a new image of unknown size that will be determined by min/max width/height and HTML layout.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
If (Width/Height) is above zero the rendered image will not be smaller than the given min size.

Limitation: The image cannot have transparent background, by default it will be white.
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .

 HTML source to render optional: the min size of the rendered html (zero - not limit the width/height) optional: the max size of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped (zero - not limit the width/height) optional: the color to fill the image with (default - white) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html if is . Renders the specified HTML into a new image of the requested size.
The HTML will be layout by the given size but will be clipped if cannot fit.
The generated image have transparent background that the html is rendered on.
GDI+ text rending can be controlled by providing .
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .
 HTML source to render The size of the image to render into, layout html by width and clipped by height optional: (default - SingleBitPerPixelGridFit) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html Renders the specified HTML into a new image of unknown size that will be determined by max width/height and HTML layout.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
The generated image have transparent background that the html is rendered on.
GDI+ text rending can be controlled by providing .
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .
 HTML source to render optional: the max width of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped optional: the max height of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped optional: (default - SingleBitPerPixelGridFit) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html Renders the specified HTML into a new image of unknown size that will be determined by min/max width/height and HTML layout.
If is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
If (Width/Height) is above zero the rendered image will not be smaller than the given min size.
The generated image have transparent background that the html is rendered on.
GDI+ text rending can be controlled by providing .
See "Rendering to image" remarks section on .
 HTML source to render optional: the min size of the rendered html (zero - not limit the width/height) optional: the max size of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped (zero - not limit the width/height) optional: (default - SingleBitPerPixelGridFit) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the generated image of the html Measure the size (width and height) required to draw the given html under given width and height restrictions.
 Device to use for measure HTML source to render optional: bound the width of the html to render in (default - 0, unlimited) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) true - use GDI+ text rendering, false - use GDI text rendering optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the size required for the html Measure the size of the html by performing layout under the given restrictions. the html to calculate the layout for the minimal size of the rendered html (zero - not limit the width/height) the maximum size of the rendered html, if not zero and html cannot be layout within the limit it will be clipped (zero - not limit the width/height) return: the size of the html to be rendered within the min/max limits Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max size restriction.
If .Width is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If .Height is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
Clip the graphics so the html will not be rendered outside the max height bound given.
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render the top-left most location to start render the html at the max size of the rendered html (if height above zero it will be clipped) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) true - use GDI+ text rendering, false - use GDI text rendering optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Renders the specified HTML source on the specified location and max size restriction.
If .Width is zero the html will use all the required width, otherwise it will perform line wrap as specified in the html
If .Height is zero the html will use all the required height, otherwise it will clip at the given max height not rendering the html below it.
Returned is the actual width and height of the rendered html.
 Device to render with HTML source to render the top-left most location to start render the html at the max size of the rendered html (if height above zero it will be clipped) optional: the style to use for html rendering (default - use W3 default style) true - use GDI+ text rendering, false - use GDI text rendering optional: can be used to overwrite stylesheet resolution logic optional: can be used to overwrite image resolution logic the actual size of the rendered html Copy all the bitmap bits from memory bitmap buffer to the given image. the source memory bitmap buffer to copy from the destination bitmap image to copy to Utilities for converting WinForms entities to HtmlRenderer core entities. Convert from WinForms point to core point. Convert from WinForms point to core point. Convert from core point to WinForms point. Convert from core point to WinForms point. Convert from WinForms size to core size. Convert from core size to WinForms size. Convert from core size to WinForms size. Convert from WinForms rectangle to core rectangle. Convert from core rectangle to WinForms rectangle. Convert from core rectangle to WinForms rectangle. Convert from WinForms color to core color. Convert from core color to WinForms color. mono has issue throwing exception for no reason. the control to create graphics object from new graphics object or null in mono if failed 控件图片特效接口 执行图片特效处理 需要处理的区域 位图 处理结果 Layered基础接口 主画布 控件重绘 控件图像属性，用于控制控件图像呈现到窗体上的效果 释放控件图像资源 位图缓存模式 绘制控件 图片特效 包含一些图像特效处理的静态方法 获取灰度ImageAttributes，可以实现图片转换为黑白显示 改变ImageAttributes图像属性里的不透明度 不透明度 需要修改不透明度的ImageAttributes图像属性 改变图像透明度0-1 不透明度0-1 图像属性 改变图像透明度 原图 不透明度0-1 图片 改变图像透明度（指针算法） 0-1 需要改变透明度的矩形区域 范围绘制发光字体 文字 字体样式 字体颜色 光圈颜色 光圈大小 文字范围 是否启用范围绘制发光字体 Image格式图 范围绘制发光字体 绘制发光字体 绘制发光字体 调整图片亮度 亮度百分比 正数为变亮，负数为变暗 原图 负片效果 负片效果 将图片转换成黑白色效果 原图 将图片转换成黑白色效果 原图 浮雕效果 原图 浮雕效果 积木特效 Bitmap 对象 积木特效 对比度调节 Bitmap 对象 对比度 Min=-100 Max=100 马赛克效果 原理：确定图像的随机位置点和确定马赛克块的大小,然后马赛克块图像覆盖随机点即可. 分割成val*val像素的小区块 马赛克效果 原理：确定图像的随机位置点和确定马赛克块的大小,然后马赛克块图像覆盖随机点即可. 分割成val*val像素的小区块 设置图形边缘半透明 图形 true中心透明 false边缘透明 true横 false纵 渐变透明 原图 需要渐变处理的区域 渐变方向透明到不透明 0：上到下，1：下到上，2：左到右，3右到左 渐变透明 需要渐变处理的区域 渐变方向透明到不透明 0：上到下，1：下到上，2：左到右，3右到左 原图 图片旋转，返回绘制了旋转之后的图像的矩形图片 原图 旋转的角度 旋转中心 矩形图片变换成梯形图片，用于QQ的3D翻转特效 原图 左侧面或者右侧面纵向缩放的比例 横向缩放的比例 是否是左侧面缩放 是否水平居中 对颜色数组进行混合 毛玻璃效果 源图片 最小离散半径 最大离散半径 采样点数 对图像进行高斯模糊,Vista以上的系统。 参考：http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms534057(v=vs.85).aspx 在Win8和win10上会有BUG 原图 需要模糊的区域，会对该值进行边界的修正并返回. 指定高斯卷积核的半径，有效范围[0，255],半径越大，图像变得越模糊. 指定是否对边界进行扩展，设置为True，在边缘处可获得较为柔和的效果. 获取对象的私有字段的值，感谢Aaron Lee Murgatroyd 字段的类型 要从其中获取字段值的对象 字段的名称. 字段的值 无法找到该字段. 高斯模糊，指针实现 处理区域 高斯模糊，指针实现 模糊半径 颜色叠加 容器控件需要实现该接口才能在Layered模式下显示内容 该事件来处理失效消息，防止出现死循环 积木特效 积木特效 毛玻璃特效，比较慢 毛玻璃特效，比较慢 图片高斯模糊 高斯模糊 指定高斯卷积核的半径，有效范围[0，255],半径越大，图像变得越模糊.默认值10 指定是否对边界进行扩展，设置为True，在边缘处可获得较为柔和的效果，默认值False 渐变透明 渐变透明 渐变方向透明到不透明， 0：上到下，1：下到上，2：左到右，3右到左 马赛克 马赛克 方块尺寸 负片 负片 浮雕特效 浮雕特效 转换为黑白 转换为黑白 The OpenGL class wraps Suns OpenGL 3D library. Treats each vertex as a single point. Vertex n defines point n. N points are drawn. Treats each pair of vertices as an independent line segment. Vertices 2n - 1 and 2n define line n. N/2 lines are drawn. Draws a connected group of line segments from the first vertex to the last, then back to the first. Vertices n and n + 1 define line n. The last line, however, is defined by vertices N and 1. N lines are drawn. Draws a connected group of line segments from the first vertex to the last. Vertices n and n+1 define line n. N - 1 lines are drawn. Treats each triplet of vertices as an independent triangle. Vertices 3n - 2, 3n - 1, and 3n define triangle n. N/3 triangles are drawn. Draws a connected group of triangles. One triangle is defined for each vertex presented after the first two vertices. For odd n, vertices n, n + 1, and n + 2 define triangle n. For even n, vertices n + 1, n, and n + 2 define triangle n. N - 2 triangles are drawn. Draws a connected group of triangles. one triangle is defined for each vertex presented after the first two vertices. Vertices 1, n + 1, n + 2 define triangle n. N - 2 triangles are drawn. Treats each group of four vertices as an independent quadrilateral. Vertices 4n - 3, 4n - 2, 4n - 1, and 4n define quadrilateral n. N/4 quadrilaterals are drawn. Draws a connected group of quadrilaterals. One quadrilateral is defined for each pair of vertices presented after the first pair. Vertices 2n - 1, 2n, 2n + 2, and 2n + 1 define quadrilateral n. N/2 - 1 quadrilaterals are drawn. Note that the order in which vertices are used to construct a quadrilateral from strip data is different from that used with independent data. Draws a single, convex polygon. Vertices 1 through N define this polygon. Set the Accumulation Buffer operation. Operation of the buffer. Reference value. Set the Accumulation Buffer operation. Operation of the buffer. Reference value. Specify the Alpha Test function. Specifies the alpha comparison function. Symbolic constants OpenGL.NEVER, OpenGL.LESS, OpenGL.EQUAL, OpenGL.LEQUAL, OpenGL.GREATER, OpenGL.NOTEQUAL, OpenGL.GEQUAL and OpenGL.ALWAYS are accepted. The initial value is OpenGL.ALWAYS. Specifies the reference value that incoming alpha values are compared to. This value is clamped to the range 0 through 1, where 0 represents the lowest possible alpha value and 1 the highest possible value. The initial reference value is 0. Specify the Alpha Test function. Specifies the alpha comparison function. Specifies the reference value that incoming alpha values are compared to. This value is clamped to the range 0 through 1, where 0 represents the lowest possible alpha value and 1 the highest possible value. The initial reference value is 0. Determine if textures are loaded in texture memory. Specifies the number of textures to be queried. Specifies an array containing the names of the textures to be queried. Specifies an array in which the texture residence status is returned. The residence status of a texture named by an element of textures is returned in the corresponding element of residences. Render a vertex using the specified vertex array element. Specifies an index into the enabled vertex data arrays. Begin drawing geometry in the specified mode. The mode to draw in, e.g. OpenGL.POLYGONS. Begin drawing geometry in the specified mode. The mode to draw in, e.g. OpenGL.POLYGONS. This function begins drawing a NURBS curve. The NURBS object. This function begins drawing a NURBS surface. The NURBS object. Call this function after creating a texture to finalise creation of it, or to make an existing texture current. The target type, e.g TEXTURE_2D. The OpenGL texture object. Draw a bitmap. Specify the pixel width of the bitmap image. Specify the pixel height of the bitmap image. Specify the location of the origin in the bitmap image. The origin is measured from the lower left corner of the bitmap, with right and up being the positive axes. Specify the location of the origin in the bitmap image. The origin is measured from the lower left corner of the bitmap, with right and up being the positive axes. Specify the x and y offsets to be added to the current raster position after the bitmap is drawn. Specify the x and y offsets to be added to the current raster position after the bitmap is drawn. Specifies the address of the bitmap image. This function sets the current blending function. Source factor. Destination factor. This function sets the current blending function. The source factor. The destination factor. This function calls a certain display list. The display list to call. Execute a list of display lists. Specifies the number of display lists to be executed. Specifies the type of values in lists. Symbolic constants OpenGL.BYTE, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, OpenGL.INT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT, OpenGL.FLOAT, OpenGL.2_BYTES, OpenGL.3_BYTES and OpenGL.4_BYTES are accepted. Specifies the address of an array of name offsets in the display list. The pointer type is void because the offsets can be bytes, shorts, ints, or floats, depending on the value of type. Execute a list of display lists. Specifies the number of display lists to be executed. Specifies the type of values in lists. Symbolic constants OpenGL.BYTE, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, OpenGL.INT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT, OpenGL.FLOAT, OpenGL.2_BYTES, OpenGL.3_BYTES and OpenGL.4_BYTES are accepted. Specifies the address of an array of name offsets in the display list. The pointer type is void because the offsets can be bytes, shorts, ints, or floats, depending on the value of type. Execute a list of display lists. Automatically uses the GL_UNSIGNED_BYTE version of the function. The number of lists. The lists. Execute a list of display lists. Automatically uses the GL_UNSIGNED_INT version of the function. The number of lists. The lists. This function clears the buffers specified by mask. Which buffers to clear. Specify clear values for the accumulation buffer. Specify the red, green, blue and alpha values used when the accumulation buffer is cleared. The initial values are all 0. Specify the red, green, blue and alpha values used when the accumulation buffer is cleared. The initial values are all 0. Specify the red, green, blue and alpha values used when the accumulation buffer is cleared. The initial values are all 0. Specify the red, green, blue and alpha values used when the accumulation buffer is cleared. The initial values are all 0. This function sets the color that the drawing buffer is 'cleared' to. Red component of the color (between 0 and 1). Green component of the color (between 0 and 1). Blue component of the color (between 0 and 1)./ Alpha component of the color (between 0 and 1). Specify the clear value for the depth buffer. Specifies the depth value used when the depth buffer is cleared. The initial value is 1. Specify the clear value for the color index buffers. Specifies the index used when the color index buffers are cleared. The initial value is 0. Specify the clear value for the stencil buffer. Specifies the index used when the stencil buffer is cleared. The initial value is 0. Specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped. Specifies which clipping plane is being positioned. Symbolic names of the form OpenGL.CLIP_PLANEi, where i is an integer between 0 and OpenGL.MAX_CLIP_PLANES -1, are accepted. Specifies the address of an array of four double-precision floating-point values. These values are interpreted as a plane equation. Specify a plane against which all geometry is clipped. Specifies which clipping plane is being positioned. Symbolic names of the form OpenGL.CLIP_PLANEi, where i is an integer between 0 and OpenGL.MAX_CLIP_PLANES -1, are accepted. Specifies the address of an array of four double-precision floating-point values. These values are interpreted as a plane equation. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 255). Green color component (between 0 and 255). Blue color component (between 0 and 255). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 255). Green color component (between 0 and 255). Blue color component (between 0 and 255). Alpha color component (between 0 and 255). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 float values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 int values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 int values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 double values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 byte values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 unsigned int values. Sets the current color to 'v'. An array of either 3 or 4 unsigned short values. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component. Sets the current color. Red color component (between 0 and 1). Green color component (between 0 and 1). Blue color component (between 0 and 1). Alpha color component (between 0 and 1). This function sets the current colour mask. Red component mask. Green component mask. Blue component mask. Alpha component mask. Cause a material color to track the current color. Specifies whether front, back, or both front and back material parameters should track the current color. Accepted values are OpenGL.FRONT, OpenGL.BACK, and OpenGL.FRONT_AND_BACK. The initial value is OpenGL.FRONT_AND_BACK. Specifies which of several material parameters track the current color. Accepted values are OpenGL.EMISSION, OpenGL.AMBIENT, OpenGL.DIFFUSE, OpenGL.SPECULAR and OpenGL.AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE. The initial value is OpenGL.AMBIENT_AND_DIFFUSE. Define an array of colors. Specifies the number of components per color. Must be 3 or 4. Specifies the data type of each color component in the array. Symbolic constants OpenGL.BYTE, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, OpenGL.INT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT, OpenGL.FLOAT and OpenGL.DOUBLE are accepted. Specifies the byte offset between consecutive colors. If stride is 0, (the initial value), the colors are understood to be tightly packed in the array. Specifies a pointer to the first component of the first color element in the array. Copy pixels in the frame buffer. Specify the window coordinates of the lower left corner of the rectangular region of pixels to be copied. Specify the window coordinates of the lower left corner of the rectangular region of pixels to be copied. Specify the dimensions of the rectangular region of pixels to be copied. Both must be nonnegative. Specify the dimensions of the rectangular region of pixels to be copied. Both must be nonnegative. Specifies whether color values, depth values, or stencil values are to be copied. Symbolic constants OpenGL.COLOR, OpenGL.DEPTH, and OpenGL.STENCIL are accepted. Copy pixels into a 1D texture image. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the internal format of the texture. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specifies the width of the texture image. Must be 0 or 2三级运算n = (2 * border) for some integer n. The height of the texture image is 1. Specifies the width of the border. Must be either 0 or 1. Copy pixels into a 2D texture image. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_2D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the internal format of the texture. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specifies the width of the texture image. Specifies the height of the texture image. Specifies the width of the border. Must be either 0 or 1. Copy a one-dimensional texture subimage. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the texel offset within the texture array. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specifies the width of the texture image. Copy a two-dimensional texture subimage. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_2D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the texel offset within the texture array. Specifies the texel offset within the texture array. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specify the window coordinates of the left corner of the row of pixels to be copied. Specifies the width of the texture image. Specifies the height of the texture image. Specify whether front- or back-facing facets can be culled. Specifies whether front- or back-facing facets are candidates for culling. Symbolic constants OpenGL.FRONT, OpenGL.BACK, and OpenGL.FRONT_AND_BACK are accepted. The initial value is OpenGL.BACK. This function draws a sphere from the quadric object. The quadric object. Radius at the base. Radius at the top. Height of cylinder. Cylinder slices. Cylinder stacks. This function deletes a list, or a range of lists. The list to delete. The range of lists (often just 1). This function deletes the underlying glu nurbs renderer. The pointer to the nurbs object. This function deletes a set of Texture objects. Number of textures to delete. The array containing the names of the textures to delete. Call this function to delete an OpenGL Quadric object. This function sets the current depth buffer comparison function, the default it LESS. The comparison function to set. This function sets the current depth buffer comparison function, the default it LESS. The comparison function to set. This function sets the depth mask. The depth mask flag, normally 1. Specify mapping of depth values from normalized device coordinates to window coordinates. Specifies the mapping of the near clipping plane to window coordinates. The initial value is 0. Specifies the mapping of the near clipping plane to window coordinates. The initial value is 1. Call this function to disable an OpenGL capability. The capability to disable. This function disables a client state array, such as a vertex array. The array to disable. Render primitives from array data. Specifies what kind of primitives to render. Symbolic constants OpenGL.POINTS, OpenGL.LINE_STRIP, OpenGL.LINE_LOOP, OpenGL.LINES, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_STRIP, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_FAN, OpenGL.TRIANGLES, OpenGL.QUAD_STRIP, OpenGL.QUADS, and OpenGL.POLYGON are accepted. Specifies the starting index in the enabled arrays. Specifies the number of indices to be rendered. Specify which color buffers are to be drawn into. Specifies up to four color buffers to be drawn into. Symbolic constants OpenGL.NONE, OpenGL.FRONT_LEFT, OpenGL.FRONT_RIGHT, OpenGL.BACK_LEFT, OpenGL.BACK_RIGHT, OpenGL.FRONT, OpenGL.BACK, OpenGL.LEFT, OpenGL.RIGHT, OpenGL.FRONT_AND_BACK, and OpenGL.AUXi, where i is between 0 and (OpenGL.AUX_BUFFERS - 1), are accepted (OpenGL.AUX_BUFFERS is not the upper limit; use glGet to query the number of available aux buffers.) The initial value is OpenGL.FRONT for single- buffered contexts, and OpenGL.BACK for double-buffered contexts. Specify which color buffers are to be drawn into. Specifies up to four color buffers to be drawn into. Render primitives from array data. Specifies what kind of primitives to render. Symbolic constants OpenGL.POINTS, OpenGL.LINE_STRIP, OpenGL.LINE_LOOP, OpenGL.LINES, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_STRIP, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_FAN, OpenGL.TRIANGLES, OpenGL.QUAD_STRIP, OpenGL.QUADS, and OpenGL.POLYGON are accepted. Specifies the number of elements to be rendered. Specifies a pointer to the location where the indices are stored. Render primitives from array data. Specifies what kind of primitives to render. Symbolic constants OpenGL.POINTS, OpenGL.LINE_STRIP, OpenGL.LINE_LOOP, OpenGL.LINES, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_STRIP, OpenGL.TRIANGLE_FAN, OpenGL.TRIANGLES, OpenGL.QUAD_STRIP, OpenGL.QUADS, and OpenGL.POLYGON are accepted. Specifies the number of elements to be rendered. Specifies the type of the values in indices. Must be one of OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, or OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT. Specifies a pointer to the location where the indices are stored. Draws a rectangle of pixel data at the current raster position. Width of pixel data. Height of pixel data. Format of pixel data. Pixel data buffer. Draws a rectangle of pixel data at the current raster position. Width of pixel data. Height of pixel data. Format of pixel data. Pixel data buffer. Draws a rectangle of pixel data at the current raster position. Width of pixel data. Height of pixel data. Format of pixel data. Pixel data buffer. Draws a rectangle of pixel data at the current raster position. Width of pixel data. Height of pixel data. Format of pixel data. Pixel data buffer. Draws a rectangle of pixel data at the current raster position. Width of pixel data. Height of pixel data. Format of pixel data. The GL data type. Pixel data buffer. Flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary. Specifies the current edge flag value, either OpenGL.TRUE or OpenGL.FALSE. The initial value is OpenGL.TRUE. Define an array of edge flags. Specifies the byte offset between consecutive edge flags. If stride is 0 (the initial value), the edge flags are understood to be tightly packed in the array. Specifies a pointer to the first edge flag in the array. Flag edges as either boundary or nonboundary. Specifies a pointer to an array that contains a single boolean element, which replaces the current edge flag value. Call this function to enable an OpenGL capability. The capability you wish to enable. This function enables one of the client state arrays, such as a vertex array. The array to enable. This is not an imported OpenGL function, but very useful. If 'test' is true, cap is enabled, otherwise, it's disable. The capability you want to enable. The logical comparison. Signals the End of drawing. This function ends the drawing of a NURBS curve. The nurbs object. Ends the current display list compilation. This function ends the drawing of a NURBS surface. The nurbs object. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Domain coordinate. Evaluate from the current evaluator. Domain coordinate. Evaluates a 'mesh' from the current evaluators. Drawing mode, can be POINT or LINE. Beginning of range. End of range. Evaluates a 'mesh' from the current evaluators. Drawing mode, fill, point or line. Beginning of range. End of range. Beginning of range. End of range. Generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh. The integer value for grid domain variable i. Generate and evaluate a single point in a mesh. The integer value for grid domain variable i. The integer value for grid domain variable j. This function sets the feedback buffer, that will receive feedback data. Size of the buffer. Type of data in the buffer. The buffer itself. This function is similar to flush, but in a sense does it more, as it executes all commands aon both the client and the server. This forces OpenGL to execute any commands you have given it. Sets a fog parameter. The parameter to set. The value to set it to. Sets a fog parameter. The parameter to set. The values to set it to. Sets a fog parameter. The parameter to set. The value to set it to. Sets a fog parameter. The parameter to set. The values to set it to. This function sets what defines a front face. Winding mode, counter clockwise by default. This function creates a frustrum transformation and mulitplies it to the current matrix (which in most cases should be the projection matrix). Left clip position. Right clip position. Bottom clip position. Top clip position. Near clip position. Far clip position. This function generates 'range' number of contiguos display list indices. The number of lists to generate. The first list. Create a set of unique texture names. Number of names to create. Array to store the texture names. This function queries OpenGL for data, and puts it in the buffer supplied. The parameter to query. This function queries OpenGL for data, and puts it in the buffer supplied. The parameter to query. Return the coefficients of the specified clipping plane. Specifies a clipping plane. The number of clipping planes depends on the implementation, but at least six clipping planes are supported. They are identified by symbolic names of the form OpenGL.CLIP_PLANEi where 0 Less Than i Less Than OpenGL.MAX_CLIP_PLANES. Returns four double-precision values that are the coefficients of the plane equation of plane in eye coordinates. The initial value is (0, 0, 0, 0). This function queries OpenGL for data, and puts it in the buffer supplied. The parameter to query. The buffer to put that data into. This function queries OpenGL for data, and puts it in the buffer supplied. The parameter to query. The buffer to put that data into. Get the current OpenGL error code. The current OpenGL error code. Get the current OpenGL error code. The current OpenGL error code. This this function to query OpenGL values. The parameter to query. The parameters This this function to query OpenGL values. The parameter to query. The parameters Use this function to query OpenGL parameter values. The Parameter to query An array to put the values into. Use this function to query OpenGL parameter values. The Parameter to query An array to put the values into. Return light source parameter values. Specifies a light source. The number of possible lights depends on the implementation, but at least eight lights are supported. They are identified by symbolic names of the form OpenGL.LIGHTi where i ranges from 0 to the value of OpenGL.GL_MAX_LIGHTS - 1. Specifies a light source parameter for light. Returns the requested data. Return light source parameter values. Specifies a light source. The number of possible lights depends on the implementation, but at least eight lights are supported. They are identified by symbolic names of the form OpenGL.LIGHTi where i ranges from 0 to the value of OpenGL.GL_MAX_LIGHTS - 1. Specifies a light source parameter for light. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return evaluator parameters. Specifies the symbolic name of a map. Specifies which parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return material parameters. Specifies which of the two materials is being queried. OpenGL.FRONT or OpenGL.BACK are accepted, representing the front and back materials, respectively. Specifies the material parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return material parameters. Specifies which of the two materials is being queried. OpenGL.FRONT or OpenGL.BACK are accepted, representing the front and back materials, respectively. Specifies the material parameter to return. Returns the requested data. Return the specified pixel map. Specifies the name of the pixel map to return. Returns the pixel map contents. Return the specified pixel map. Specifies the name of the pixel map to return. Returns the pixel map contents. Return the specified pixel map. Specifies the name of the pixel map to return. Returns the pixel map contents. Return the address of the specified pointer. Specifies the array or buffer pointer to be returned. Returns the pointer value specified by parameters. Return the polygon stipple pattern. Returns the stipple pattern. The initial value is all 1's. Return a string describing the current GL connection. Specifies a symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.VENDOR, OpenGL.RENDERER, OpenGL.VERSION, or OpenGL.EXTENSIONS. Pointer to the specified string. Return texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture environment parameter. Accepted values are OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, and OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR. Returns the requested data. Return texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture environment parameter. Accepted values are OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE, and OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR. Returns the requested data. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Return a texture image. Specifies which texture is to be obtained. OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D and OpenGL.TEXTURE_2D are accepted. Specifies the level-of-detail number of the desired image. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies a pixel format for the returned data. Specifies a pixel type for the returned data. Returns the texture image. Should be a pointer to an array of the type specified by type. Return texture parameter values for a specific level of detail. Specifies the symbolic name of the target texture. Specifies the level-of-detail number of the desired image. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture parameter. Returns the requested data. Return texture parameter values for a specific level of detail. Specifies the symbolic name of the target texture. Specifies the level-of-detail number of the desired image. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture parameter. Returns the requested data. Return texture parameter values. Specifies the symbolic name of the target texture. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture parameter. Returns the texture parameters. Return texture parameter values. Specifies the symbolic name of the target texture. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture parameter. Returns the texture parameters. Specify implementation-specific hints. Specifies a symbolic constant indicating the behavior to be controlled. Specifies a symbolic constant indicating the desired behavior. Specify implementation-specific hints. Specifies a symbolic constant indicating the behavior to be controlled. Specifies a symbolic constant indicating the desired behavior. Control the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers. Specifies a bit mask to enable and disable the writing of individual bits in the color index buffers. Initially, the mask is all 1's. Define an array of color indexes. Specifies the data type of each color index in the array. Symbolic constants OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.INT, OpenGL.FLOAT, and OpenGL.DOUBLE are accepted. Specifies the byte offset between consecutive color indexes. If stride is 0 (the initial value), the color indexes are understood to be tightly packed in the array. Specifies a pointer to the first index in the array. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. Set the current color index. Specifies the new value for the current color index. This function initialises the select buffer names. Simultaneously specify and enable several interleaved arrays. Specifies the type of array to enable. Specifies the offset in bytes between each aggregate array element. The array. Use this function to query if a certain OpenGL function is enabled or not. The capability to test. True if the capability is enabled, otherwise, false. This function determines whether a specified value is a display list. The value to test. TRUE if it is a list, FALSE otherwise. Determine if a name corresponds to a texture. Specifies a value that may be the name of a texture. True if texture is a texture object. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. This function sets a parameter of the lighting model. The name of the parameter. The parameter to set it to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The value that you want to set the parameter to. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The parameters. Set the parameter (pname) of the light 'light'. The light you wish to set parameters for. The parameter you want to set. The parameters. Specify the line stipple pattern. Specifies a multiplier for each bit in the line stipple pattern. If factor is 3, for example, each bit in the pattern is used three times before the next bit in the pattern is used. factor is clamped to the range [1, 256] and defaults to 1. Specifies a 16-bit integer whose bit pattern determines which fragments of a line will be drawn when the line is rasterized. Bit zero is used first; the default pattern is all 1's. Set's the current width of lines. New line width to set. Set the display-list base for glCallLists. Specifies an integer offset that will be added to glCallLists offsets to generate display-list names. The initial value is 0. Call this function to load the identity matrix into the current matrix stack. Replace the current matrix with the specified matrix. Specifies a pointer to 16 consecutive values, which are used as the elements of a 4x4 column-major matrix. Replace the current matrix with the specified matrix. Specifies a pointer to 16 consecutive values, which are used as the elements of a 4x4 column-major matrix. This function replaces the name at the top of the selection names stack with 'name'. The name to replace it with. Specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering. Specifies a symbolic constant that selects a logical operation. Specify a logical pixel operation for color index rendering. Specifies a symbolic constant that selects a logical operation. This function transforms the projection matrix so that it looks at a certain point, from a certain point. Position of the eye. Position of the eye. Position of the eye. Point to look at. Point to look at. Point to look at. 'Up' Vector X Component. 'Up' Vector Y Component. 'Up' Vector Z Component. Defines a 1D evaluator. What the control points represent (e.g. MAP1_VERTEX_3). Range of the variable 'u'. Range of the variable 'u'. Offset between beginning of one control point, and beginning of next. The degree plus one, should agree with the number of control points. The data for the points. Defines a 1D evaluator. What the control points represent (e.g. MAP1_VERTEX_3). Range of the variable 'u'. Range of the variable 'u'. Offset between beginning of one control point, and beginning of next. The degree plus one, should agree with the number of control points. The data for the points. Defines a 2D evaluator. What the control points represent (e.g. MAP2_VERTEX_3). Range of the variable 'u'. Range of the variable 'u. Offset between beginning of one control point and the next. The degree plus one. Range of the variable 'v'. Range of the variable 'v'. Offset between beginning of one control point and the next. The degree plus one. The data for the points. Defines a 2D evaluator. What the control points represent (e.g. MAP2_VERTEX_3). Range of the variable 'u'. Range of the variable 'u. Offset between beginning of one control point and the next. The degree plus one. Range of the variable 'v'. Range of the variable 'v'. Offset between beginning of one control point and the next. The degree plus one. The data for the points. This function defines a grid that goes from u1 to u1 in n steps, evenly spaced. Number of steps. Range of variable 'u'. Range of variable 'u'. This function defines a grid that goes from u1 to u1 in n steps, evenly spaced. Number of steps. Range of variable 'u'. Range of variable 'u'. This function defines a grid that goes from u1 to u1 in n steps, evenly spaced, and the same for v. Number of steps. Range of variable 'u'. Range of variable 'u'. Number of steps. Range of variable 'v'. Range of variable 'v'. This function defines a grid that goes from u1 to u1 in n steps, evenly spaced, and the same for v. Number of steps. Range of variable 'u'. Range of variable 'u'. Number of steps. Range of variable 'v'. Range of variable 'v'. This function sets a material parameter. What faces is this parameter for (i.e front/back etc). What parameter you want to set. The value to set 'pname' to. This function sets a material parameter. What faces is this parameter for (i.e front/back etc). What parameter you want to set. The value to set 'pname' to. This function sets a material parameter. What faces is this parameter for (i.e front/back etc). What parameter you want to set. The value to set 'pname' to. This function sets a material parameter. What faces is this parameter for (i.e front/back etc). What parameter you want to set. The value to set 'pname' to. Set the current matrix mode (the matrix that matrix operations will be performed on). The mode, normally PROJECTION or MODELVIEW. Set the current matrix mode (the matrix that matrix operations will be performed on). The mode, normally PROJECTION or MODELVIEW. Multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix. Points to 16 consecutive values that are used as the elements of a 4x4 column-major matrix. Multiply the current matrix with the specified matrix. Points to 16 consecutive values that are used as the elements of a 4x4 column-major matrix. This function starts compiling a new display list. The list to compile. Either COMPILE or COMPILE_AND_EXECUTE. This function creates a new glu NURBS renderer object. A Pointer to the NURBS renderer. This function creates a new OpenGL Quadric Object. The pointer to the Quadric Object. Set the current normal. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. This function sets the current normal. The normal. Set the current normal. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. This function sets the current normal. The normal. Set the current normal. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. This function sets the current normal. The normal. Set the current normal. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. This function sets the current normal. The normal. Set the current normal. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. Normal Coordinate. This function sets the current normal. The normal. Set's the pointer to the normal array. The type of data. The space in bytes between each normal. The normals. Set's the pointer to the normal array. The type of data. The space in bytes between each normal. The normals. This function defines a NURBS Curve. The NURBS object. The number of knots. The knots themselves. The stride, i.e. distance between vertices in the control points array. The array of control points. The order of the polynomial. The type of data to generate. This function sets a NURBS property. The object to set the property for. The property to set. The new value of the property. This function defines a NURBS surface. The NURBS object. The sknots count. The s-knots. The number of t-knots. The t-knots. The distance between s vertices. The distance between t vertices. The control points. The order of the s polynomial. The order of the t polynomial. The type of data to generate. This function creates an orthographic projection matrix (i.e one with no perspective) and multiplies it to the current matrix stack, which would normally be 'PROJECTION'. Left clipping plane. Right clipping plane. Bottom clipping plane. Top clipping plane. Near clipping plane. Far clipping plane. This function creates an orthographic project based on a screen size. Left of the screen. (Normally 0). Right of the screen.(Normally width). Bottom of the screen (normally 0). Top of the screen (normally height). This function draws a partial disk from the quadric object. The Quadric objec.t Radius of the inside of the disk. Radius of the outside of the disk. The slices. The loops. Starting angle. Sweep angle. Place a marker in the feedback buffer. Specifies a marker value to be placed in the feedback buffer following a OpenGL.PASS_THROUGH_TOKEN. This function creates a perspective matrix and multiplies it to the current matrix stack (which in most cases should be 'PROJECTION'). Field of view angle (human eye = 60 Degrees). Apsect Ratio (width of screen divided by height of screen). Near clipping plane (normally 1). Far clipping plane. This function creates a 'pick matrix' normally used for selecting objects that are at a certain point on the screen. X Point. Y Point. Width of point to test (4 is normal). Height of point to test (4 is normal). The current viewport. Set up pixel transfer maps. Specifies a symbolic map name. Specifies the size of the map being defined. Specifies an array of mapsize values. Set up pixel transfer maps. Specifies a symbolic map name. Specifies the size of the map being defined. Specifies an array of mapsize values. Set up pixel transfer maps. Specifies a symbolic map name. Specifies the size of the map being defined. Specifies an array of mapsize values. Set pixel storage modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel storage modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Set pixel transfer modes. Specifies the symbolic name of the pixel transfer parameter to be set. Specifies the value that pname is set to. Specify the pixel zoom factors. Specify the x and y zoom factors for pixel write operations. Specify the x and y zoom factors for pixel write operations. The size of points to be rasterised. Size in pixels. This sets the current drawing mode of polygons (points, lines, filled). The faces this applies to (front, back or both). The mode to set to (points, lines, or filled). This sets the current drawing mode of polygons (points, lines, filled). The faces this applies to (front, back or both). The mode to set to (points, lines, or filled). Set the scale and units used to calculate depth values. Specifies a scale factor that is used to create a variable depth offset for each polygon. The initial value is 0. Is multiplied by an implementation-specific value to create a constant depth offset. The initial value is 0. Set the polygon stippling pattern. Specifies a pointer to a 32x32 stipple pattern that will be unpacked from memory in the same way that glDrawPixels unpacks pixels. This function restores the attribute stack to the state it was when PushAttrib was called. Pop the client attribute stack. Restore the previously saved state of the current matrix stack. This takes the top name off the selection names stack. Set texture residence priority. Specifies the number of textures to be prioritized. Specifies an array containing the names of the textures to be prioritized. Specifies an array containing the texture priorities. A priority given in an element of priorities applies to the texture named by the corresponding element of textures. This function Maps the specified object coordinates into window coordinates. The object's x coord. The object's y coord. The object's z coord. The modelview matrix. The projection matrix. The viewport. The window x coord. The Window y coord. The Window z coord. Save the current state of the attribute groups specified by 'mask'. The attibute groups to save. Save the current state of the attribute groups specified by 'mask'. The attibute groups to save. Push the client attribute stack. Specifies a mask that indicates which attributes to save. Save the current state of the current matrix stack. This function adds a new name to the selection buffer. The name to add. This set's the Generate Normals propery of the specified Quadric object. The quadric object. The type of normals to generate. This function sets the type of texture coordinates being generated by the specified quadric object. The quadric object. The type of coordinates to generate. This sets the orientation for the quadric object. The quadric object. The orientation. This sets the current drawstyle for the Quadric Object. The quadric object. The draw style. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. The coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. The coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. The coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. The coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. W coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. W coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. W coordinate. This function sets the current raster position. X coordinate. Y coordinate. Z coordinate. W coordinate. Select a color buffer source for pixels. Specifies a color buffer. Accepted values are OpenGL.FRONT_LEFT, OpenGL.FRONT_RIGHT, OpenGL.BACK_LEFT, OpenGL.BACK_RIGHT, OpenGL.FRONT, OpenGL.BACK, OpenGL.LEFT, OpenGL.GL_RIGHT, and OpenGL.AUXi, where i is between 0 and OpenGL.AUX_BUFFERS - 1. Reads a block of pixels from the frame buffer. Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Width of block to read. Height of block to read. Specifies the format of the pixel data. The following symbolic values are accepted: OpenGL.COLOR_INDEX, OpenGL.STENCIL_INDEX, OpenGL.DEPTH_COMPONENT, OpenGL.RED, OpenGL.GREEN, OpenGL.BLUE, OpenGL.ALPHA, OpenGL.RGB, OpenGL.RGBA, OpenGL.LUMINANCE and OpenGL.LUMINANCE_ALPHA. Specifies the data type of the pixel data.Must be one of OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.BYTE, OpenGL.BITMAP, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT, OpenGL.INT or OpenGL.FLOAT. Storage for the pixel data received. Reads a block of pixels from the frame buffer. Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Width of block to read. Height of block to read. Specifies the format of the pixel data. The following symbolic values are accepted: OpenGL.COLOR_INDEX, OpenGL.STENCIL_INDEX, OpenGL.DEPTH_COMPONENT, OpenGL.RED, OpenGL.GREEN, OpenGL.BLUE, OpenGL.ALPHA, OpenGL.RGB, OpenGL.RGBA, OpenGL.LUMINANCE and OpenGL.LUMINANCE_ALPHA. Specifies the data type of the pixel data.Must be one of OpenGL.UNSIGNED_BYTE, OpenGL.BYTE, OpenGL.BITMAP, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_SHORT, OpenGL.SHORT, OpenGL.UNSIGNED_INT, OpenGL.INT or OpenGL.FLOAT. Storage for the pixel data received. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates (top-left and bottom-right). Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Bottom-Right X Value. Bottom-Right Y Value. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates, expressed as arrays, e.g Rect(new float[] {0, 0}, new float[] {10, 10}); Top-Left point. Bottom-Right point. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates (top-left and bottom-right). Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Bottom-Right X Value. Bottom-Right Y Value. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates, expressed as arrays, e.g Rect(new float[] {0, 0}, new float[] {10, 10}); Top-Left point. Bottom-Right point. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates (top-left and bottom-right). Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Bottom-Right X Value. Bottom-Right Y Value. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates, expressed as arrays, e.g Rect(new float[] {0, 0}, new float[] {10, 10}); Top-Left point. Bottom-Right point. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates (top-left and bottom-right). Top-Left X value. Top-Left Y value. Bottom-Right X Value. Bottom-Right Y Value. Draw a rectangle from two coordinates, expressed as arrays, e.g Rect(new float[] {0, 0}, new float[] {10, 10}); Top-Left point. Bottom-Right point. This function sets the current render mode (render, feedback or select). The Render mode (RENDER, SELECT or FEEDBACK). The hits that selection or feedback caused.. This function sets the current render mode (render, feedback or select). The Render mode (RENDER, SELECT or FEEDBACK). The hits that selection or feedback caused.. This function applies a rotation transformation to the current matrix. The angle to rotate. Amount along x. Amount along y. Amount along z. This function applies a rotation transformation to the current matrix. The angle to rotate. Amount along x. Amount along y. Amount along z. This function quickly does three rotations, one about each axis, with the given angles (it's not an OpenGL function, but very useful). The angle to rotate about x. The angle to rotate about y. The angle to rotate about z. This function applies a scale transformation to the current matrix. The amount to scale along x. The amount to scale along y. The amount to scale along z. This function applies a scale transformation to the current matrix. The amount to scale along x. The amount to scale along y. The amount to scale along z. Define the scissor box. Specify the lower left corner of the scissor box. Initially (0, 0). Specify the lower left corner of the scissor box. Initially (0, 0). Specify the width and height of the scissor box. When a GL context is first attached to a window, width and height are set to the dimensions of that window. Specify the width and height of the scissor box. When a GL context is first attached to a window, width and height are set to the dimensions of that window. This function sets the current select buffer. The size of the buffer you are passing. The buffer itself. Select flat or smooth shading. Specifies a symbolic value representing a shading technique. Accepted values are OpenGL.FLAT and OpenGL.SMOOTH. The default is OpenGL.SMOOTH. Select flat or smooth shading. Specifies a symbolic value representing a shading technique. Accepted values are OpenGL.FLAT and OpenGL.SMOOTH. The default is OpenGL.SMOOTH. This function draws a sphere from a Quadric Object. The quadric object. Sphere radius. Slices of the sphere. Stakcs of the sphere. This function sets the current stencil buffer function. The function type. The function reference. The function mask. This function sets the current stencil buffer function. The function type. The function reference. The function mask. This function sets the stencil buffer mask. The mask. This function sets the stencil buffer operation. Fail operation. Depth fail component. Depth pass component. This function sets the stencil buffer operation. Fail operation. Depth fail component. Depth pass component. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Array of 1,2,3 or 4 Texture Coordinates. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. WARNING: if you can call something more explicit, like TexCoord2f then call that, it's much faster. Array of 1,2,3 or 4 Texture Coordinates. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Array of 1,2,3 or 4 Texture Coordinates. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Array of 1,2,3 or 4 Texture Coordinates. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the current texture coordinates. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. Texture Coordinate. This function sets the texture coord array. The number of coords per set. The type of data. The number of bytes between coords. The coords. This function sets the texture coord array. The number of coords per set. The type of data. The number of bytes between coords. The coords. Set texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a single-valued texture environment parameter. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE. Specifies a single symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.MODULATE, OpenGL.DECAL, OpenGL.BLEND, or OpenGL.REPLACE. Set texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture environment parameter. Accepted values are OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE and OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR. Specifies a pointer to a parameter array that contains either a single symbolic constant or an RGBA color. Set texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a single-valued texture environment parameter. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE. Specifies a single symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.MODULATE, OpenGL.DECAL, OpenGL.BLEND, or OpenGL.REPLACE. Set texture environment parameters. Specifies a texture environment. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV. Specifies the symbolic name of a texture environment parameter. Accepted values are OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_MODE and OpenGL.TEXTURE_ENV_COLOR. Specifies a pointer to a parameter array that contains either a single symbolic constant or an RGBA color. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.GL_EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function or function parameters. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, OpenGL.OBJECT_PLANE, or OpenGL.EYE_PLANE. Specifies a pointer to an array of texture generation parameters. If pname is OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, then the array must contain a single symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Otherwise, params holds the coefficients for the texture-coordinate generation function specified by pname. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.GL_EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function or function parameters. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, OpenGL.OBJECT_PLANE, or OpenGL.EYE_PLANE. Specifies a pointer to an array of texture generation parameters. If pname is OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, then the array must contain a single symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Otherwise, params holds the coefficients for the texture-coordinate generation function specified by pname. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE. Specifies a single-valued texture generation parameter, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.GL_EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Control the generation of texture coordinates. Specifies a texture coordinate. Must be one of OpenGL.S, OpenGL.T, OpenGL.R, or OpenGL.Q. Specifies the symbolic name of the texture-coordinate generation function or function parameters. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, OpenGL.OBJECT_PLANE, or OpenGL.EYE_PLANE. Specifies a pointer to an array of texture generation parameters. If pname is OpenGL.TEXTURE_GEN_MODE, then the array must contain a single symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.OBJECT_LINEAR, OpenGL.EYE_LINEAR, or OpenGL.SPHERE_MAP. Otherwise, params holds the coefficients for the texture-coordinate generation function specified by pname. This function sets the image for the currently binded texture. The type of texture, TEXTURE_2D or PROXY_TEXTURE_2D. For mip-map textures, ordinary textures should be '0'. The format of the data you are want OpenGL to create, e.g RGB16. The width of the texture image (must be a power of 2, e.g 64). The width of the border (0 or 1). The format of the data you are passing, e.g. RGBA. The type of data you are passing, e.g GL_BYTE. The actual pixel data. This function sets the image for the currently binded texture. The type of texture, TEXTURE_2D or PROXY_TEXTURE_2D. For mip-map textures, ordinary textures should be '0'. The format of the data you are want OpenGL to create, e.g RGB16. The width of the texture image (must be a power of 2, e.g 64). The height of the texture image (must be a power of 2, e.g 32). The width of the border (0 or 1). The format of the data you are passing, e.g. RGBA. The type of data you are passing, e.g GL_BYTE. The actual pixel data. This function sets the image for the currently binded texture. The type of texture, TEXTURE_2D or PROXY_TEXTURE_2D. For mip-map textures, ordinary textures should be '0'. The format of the data you are want OpenGL to create, e.g RGB16. The width of the texture image (must be a power of 2, e.g 64). The height of the texture image (must be a power of 2, e.g 32). The width of the border (0 or 1). The format of the data you are passing, e.g. RGBA. The type of data you are passing, e.g GL_BYTE. The actual pixel data. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. This function sets the parameters for the currently binded texture object. The type of texture you are setting the parameter to, e.g. TEXTURE_2D The parameter to set. The value to set it to. Specify a two-dimensional texture subimage. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies a texel offset in the x direction within the texture array. Specifies the width of the texture subimage. Specifies the format of the pixel data. Specifies the data type of the pixel data. Specifies a pointer to the image data in memory. Specify a two-dimensional texture subimage. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the level-of-detail number. Level 0 is the base image level. Level n is the nth mipmap reduction image. Specifies a texel offset in the x direction within the texture array. Specifies a texel offset in the y direction within the texture array. Specifies the width of the texture subimage. Specifies the height of the texture subimage. Specifies the format of the pixel data. Specifies the data type of the pixel data. Specifies a pointer to the image data in memory. This function applies a translation transformation to the current matrix. The amount to translate along the x axis. The amount to translate along the y axis. The amount to translate along the z axis. This function applies a translation transformation to the current matrix. The amount to translate along the x axis. The amount to translate along the y axis. The amount to translate along the z axis. This function turns a screen Coordinate into a world coordinate. Screen Coordinate. Screen Coordinate. Screen Coordinate. Current ModelView matrix. Current Projection matrix. Current Viewport. The world coordinate. The world coordinate. The world coordinate. This is a convenience function. It calls UnProject with the current viewport, modelview and persective matricies, saving you from getting them. To use you own matricies, all the other version of UnProject. X Coordinate (Screen Coordinate). Y Coordinate (Screen Coordinate). Z Coordinate (Screen Coordinate). The world coordinate. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). Specifies the coordinate. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). Specifies the coordinate. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). Specifies the coordinate. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. Sets the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). An array of 2, 3 or 4 floats. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. W Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. W Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. W Value. Set the current vertex (must be called between 'Begin' and 'End'). X Value. Y Value. Z Value. W Value. This function sets the address of the vertex pointer array. The number of coords per vertex. The data type. The byte offset between vertices. The array. This function sets the address of the vertex pointer array. The number of coords per vertex. The byte offset between vertices. The array. This function sets the address of the vertex pointer array. The number of coords per vertex. The byte offset between vertices. The array. This function sets the address of the vertex pointer array. The number of coords per vertex. The byte offset between vertices. The array. This function sets the address of the vertex pointer array. The number of coords per vertex. The byte offset between vertices. The array. This sets the viewport of the current Render Context. Normally x and y are 0 and the width and height are just those of the control/graphics you are drawing to. Top-Left point of the viewport. Top-Left point of the viewport. Width of the viewport. Height of the viewport. Produce an error string from a GL or GLU error code. Specifies a GL or GLU error code. The OpenGL/GLU error string. Return a string describing the GLU version or GLU extensions. Specifies a symbolic constant, one of OpenGL.VERSION, or OpenGL.EXTENSIONS. The GLU string. Scale an image to an arbitrary size. Specifies the format of the pixel data. Specify the width of the source image that is scaled. Specify the height of the source image that is scaled. Specifies the data type for dataIn. Specifies a pointer to the source image. Specify the width of the destination image. Specify the height of the destination image. Specifies the data type for dataOut. Specifies a pointer to the destination image. Create 1-D mipmaps. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the number of color components in the texture. Must be 1, 2, 3, or 4. Specifies the width of the texture image. Specifies the format of the pixel data. Specifies the data type for data. Specifies a pointer to the image data in memory. Create 2-D mipmaps. Specifies the target texture. Must be OpenGL.TEXTURE_1D. Specifies the number of color components in the texture. Must be 1, 2, 3, or 4. Specifies the width of the texture image. Specifies the height of the texture image. Specifies the format of the pixel data. Specifies the data type for data. Specifies a pointer to the image data in memory. Draw a disk. Specifies the quadrics object (created with gluNewQuadric). Specifies the inner radius of the disk (may be 0). Specifies the outer radius of the disk. Specifies the number of subdivisions around the z axis. Specifies the number of concentric rings about the origin into which the disk is subdivided. Create a tessellation object. A new GLUtesselator poiner. Delete a tesselator object. The tesselator pointer. Delimit a polygon description. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specifies a pointer to user polygon data. Delimit a contour description. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specify a vertex on a polygon. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specifies the location of the vertex. Specifies an opaque pointer passed back to the program with the vertex callback (as specified by gluTessCallback). Delimit a contour description. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Delimit a polygon description. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Set a tessellation object property. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specifies the property to be set. Specifies the value of the indicated property. Specify a normal for a polygon. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specifies the first component of the normal. Specifies the second component of the normal. Specifies the third component of the normal. Set a tessellation object property. Specifies the tessellation object (created with gluNewTess). Specifies the property to be set. Specifies the value of the indicated property. Delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition. Specifies the NURBS object (created with gluNewNurbsRenderer). Delimit a NURBS trimming loop definition. Specifies the NURBS object (created with gluNewNurbsRenderer). Describe a piecewise linear NURBS trimming curve. Specifies the NURBS object (created with gluNewNurbsRenderer). Specifies the number of points on the curve. Specifies an array containing the curve points. Specifies the offset (a number of single-precision floating-point values) between points on the curve. Specifies the type of curve. Must be either OpenGL.MAP1_TRIM_2 or OpenGL.MAP1_TRIM_3. Load NURBS sampling and culling matrice. Specifies the NURBS object (created with gluNewNurbsRenderer). Specifies a modelview matrix (as from a glGetFloatv call). Specifies a projection matrix (as from a glGetFloatv call). Specifies a viewport (as from a glGetIntegerv call). Get a NURBS property. Specifies the NURBS object (created with gluNewNurbsRenderer). Specifies the property whose value is to be fetched. Specifies a pointer to the location into which the value of the named property is written. Gets the current render context. The current render context. Make the specified render context current. The handle to the device context. The handle to the render context. Creates a render context from the device context. The handle to the device context. The handle to the render context. Deletes the render context. The handle to the render context. Gets a proc address. The name of the function. The address of the function. The wglUseFontBitmaps function creates a set of bitmap display lists for use in the current OpenGL rendering context. The set of bitmap display lists is based on the glyphs in the currently selected font in the device context. You can then use bitmaps to draw characters in an OpenGL image. Specifies the device context whose currently selected font will be used to form the glyph bitmap display lists in the current OpenGL rendering context.. Specifies the first glyph in the run of glyphs that will be used to form glyph bitmap display lists. Specifies the number of glyphs in the run of glyphs that will be used to form glyph bitmap display lists. The function creates count display lists, one for each glyph in the run. Specifies a starting display list. If the function succeeds, the return value is TRUE. If the function fails, the return value is FALSE. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. The wglUseFontOutlines function creates a set of display lists, one for each glyph of the currently selected outline font of a device context, for use with the current rendering context. The h DC. The first. The count. The list base. The deviation. The extrusion. The format. The LPGMF. Link two render contexts so they share lists (buffer IDs, etc.) The first context. The second context. If the function succeeds, the return value is TRUE. If the function fails, the return value is FALSE. To get extended error information, call GetLastError. Gets the error description for a given error code. The error code. The error description for the given error code. Called before an OpenGL call to enable error checking and ensure the correct OpenGL context is correct. Called after an OpenGL call to enable error checking. This function transforms a windows point into an OpenGL point, which is measured from the bottom left of the screen. The x coord. The y coord. GDIs the coordinateto open GL coordinate. The x coordinate. The y coordinate. The render context handle. Gets the vendor. The vendor. Gets the renderer. The renderer. Gets the version. The version. Gets the extensions. The extensions. 通过控件句柄初始化OpenGL 通过GDI+ Graphics初始化OpenGL 通过GDI+ Graphics初始化OpenGL，并执行渲染 AccumOp The alpha function The OpenGL Attribute flags. The begin mode. BlendingDestinationFactor The blending source factor. The Clip Plane Name The Cull Face mode. The Data Type. The depth function The Draw Buffer Mode Error Code FeedBackMode The Feedback Token The Fog Mode. GetMapTarget The Front Face Mode. The hint mode. The The hint target. LightName LightParameter The Light Model Parameter. The Logic Op The matrix mode. The pixel transfer parameter name The Polygon mode. Render as points. Render as lines. Render as filled. Rendering Mode ShadingModel The stencil function The stencil operation. GetTextureParameter Texture target. The GLYPHMETRICSFLOAT structure contains information about the placement and orientation of a glyph in a character cell. Specifies the width of the smallest rectangle (the glyph's black box) that completely encloses the glyph.. Specifies the height of the smallest rectangle (the glyph's black box) that completely encloses the glyph. Specifies the x and y coordinates of the upper-left corner of the smallest rectangle that completely encloses the glyph. Specifies the horizontal distance from the origin of the current character cell to the origin of the next character cell. Specifies the vertical distance from the origin of the current character cell to the origin of the next character cell. Point structure used in Win32 interop. The x coord value. The y coord value. On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE; except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error). In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT). On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows. In a client area. In a title bar. In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window. In a size box (same as HTSIZE). In a menu. In a horizontal scroll bar. In the vertical scroll bar. In a Minimize button. In a Maximize button. In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally). In the upper-horizontal border of a window. In the upper-left corner of a window border. In the upper-right corner of a window border. In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically). In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally). In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border. In a Close button. In a Help button. 包含部分Win32API和一些常用方法 WNDPROC WNDCLASSEX Create a compatible memory HDC from the given HDC.
The memory HDC can be rendered into without effecting the original HDC.
The returned memory HDC and must be released using . the HDC to create memory HDC from the width of the memory HDC to create the height of the memory HDC to create returns used bitmap memory section that must be released when done with memory HDC memory HDC Release the given memory HDC and dib section created from . Memory HDC to release bitmap section to release 设置当前进程DPI界面不缩放 96 DPI = 100% scaling 120 DPI = 125% scaling 144 DPI = 150% scaling 192 DPI = 200% scaling 函数功能：该函数设置指定窗口的显示状态 指窗口句柄 指定窗口如何显示 如果窗口当前可见，则返回值为非零。如果窗口当前被隐藏，则返回值为零 Retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the specified window. The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. In conformance with conventions for the RECT structure, the bottom-right coordinates of the returned rectangle are exclusive. In other words, the pixel at (right, bottom) lies immediately outside the rectangle. A handle to the window. RECT structure that receives the screen coordinates of the upper-left and lower-right corners of the window. 获取窗口大小及位置 窗口句柄 位置大小 OffsetRect函数将指定的矩形移动到指定的位置 [输入输出]指向一个RECT结构，其中包含了被移动矩形的逻辑坐标 [输入]指定的矩形左右移动的量。当向左移动的时候，这个参数必须是一个负值 [输出]指定的矩形上下移动的量。当想上移动的时候，这个参数应该是一个负值。 如果函数成功，返回非0，否则返回0。 检索有关指定滚动条信息。 获取Form绘图设备句柄（包括Window非工作区域） 窗口句柄 绘图设备句柄 释放绘图设备 与绘图设备关联的窗口句柄 绘图设备句柄 成功返回非零值 热键定义 要定义热键的窗口的句柄 定义热键ID（不能与其它ID重复） 标识热键是否在按Alt、Ctrl、Shift、Windows等键时才会生效 定义热键的内容 取消热键定义 要取消热键的窗口的句柄 要取消热键的ID 鼠标移动窗体或者控件（在鼠标按下事件里调用该方法，来实现鼠标移动窗体或者控件） 窗体或者控件句柄 一个SCROLLBARINFO结构，以获得的信息。在调用GetScrollBarInfo，设置cbSize成员为sizeof（SCROLLBARINFO）。 钩子的类型 SetWindowsHookEx 文本显示模式 不显示 普通绘制模式 绘制文字光圈 系统消息以及常量集合 Const for BitBlt copy raster-operation code. 改变一个窗口的大小 //要求一个窗口重画自己 发送此消息给那个窗口的大小和位置将要被改变时，来调用setwindowpos函数或其它窗口管理函数 当某个窗口的客户区域必须被核算时发送此消息 移动鼠标，按住或释放鼠标时发生 程序发送此消息给某个窗口当它（窗口）的框架必须被绘制时 此消息发送给某个窗口仅当它的非客户区需要被改变来显示是激活还是非激活状态 当光标在一个窗口的非客户区内移动时发送此消息给这个窗口//非客户区为：窗体的标题栏及窗的边框体 当光标在一个窗口的非客户区同时按下鼠标左键时提交此消息 当用户双击鼠标左键同时光标某个窗口在非客户区十发送此消息 一个强类型的资源类，用于查找本地化的字符串等。 返回此类使用的缓存的 ResourceManager 实例。 重写当前线程的 CurrentUICulture 属性 重写当前线程的 CurrentUICulture 属性。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 CB20E647E258C55AAB 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 1AD9E6604DD80F4A1050AE728CD9EFDA 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 E1350527B8678FB9C1A8C7B1638F7C15 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 CB8AA168A2959F7EFC 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 68C31DA7E0A3B2D04E38EB35DD64E6B9 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 D4FD84A2D3B35CC6AF07D535C61A77459973B5DC3CDD5A4B 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 CB8AAE7F8486C14ED1 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 86F5D719AA5325FEE50A07977405186D 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Byte[] 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 86F5D719AA5325FE01BCEF6406BD6EB0 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 91CCEB9665FE4852928CF3720DE118EB554DF952927FD2605B22F25D19B1F8E80D4BF06725895793D25A95833F146A07C9BA9CD9CFF09E030150E1A62F6E0D353A2FA50DBADF8BC1DCDACB3EA276E4183BD742631FE5943529BB6865F6BDFCA7FFEB946DEA0E2888FE38A26384F506DFC2515E4B73B885AC 的本地化字符串。 查找类似 27310510CFDD227D96039547EDBA6D0CFCCBD26123D471B244949E96498E6143A7E451E38A0F7458EF773B8855A93BD37BB7397D41882E6F13A7D806F1D5B2AF022223ECEB56C865B6DD04A06D3B250865B5DEAB18FCF9578CE0217705B7566CD1E175DB11967252484FE9BAE25ED2862858ED54DEAB2F8F 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 CB6BCD52D22F3F15 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 5E2B7520AC82D59CF6C0E95BD3230E148BB79ED0FB0CB710B46A3A764C15DB1CB0EC37226636EF68 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 C06138BF85BB934FAD06A7863C7517F42D5F3ECC20E9A5BC79B6B9C6AA7A521EC07B3672FB479294 的本地化字符串。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找 System.Drawing.Bitmap 类型的本地化资源。 查找类似 261ABEBA9E72C4CB584621FCA95EE3EC734AFBB0DF7A033C85FB726E1E5F5665242BA9B928F43E55 的本地化字符串。 A collection implementing this interface will notify listeners of dynamic changes, e.g. when items get added and removed or the whole list is refreshed. Occurs when the collection changes, either by adding or removing an item. The event handler receives an argument of type containing data related to this event. This enum describes the action that caused a CollectionChanged event. One or more items were added to the collection. One or more items were removed from the collection. One or more items were replaced in the collection. One or more items were moved within the collection. The contents of the collection changed dramatically. Arguments for the CollectionChanged event. A collection that supports INotifyCollectionChangedThis raises this event whenever an item is added or removed, or when the contents of the collection changes dramatically. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a reset change. The action that caused the event (must be Reset). Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a one-item change. The action that caused the event; can only be Reset, Add or Remove action. The item affected by the change. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a one-item change. The action that caused the event. The item affected by the change. The index where the change occurred. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a multi-item change. The action that caused the event. The items affected by the change. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a multi-item change (or a reset). The action that caused the event. The items affected by the change. The index where the change occurred. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a one-item Replace event. Can only be a Replace action. The new item replacing the original item. The original item that is replaced. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a one-item Replace event. Can only be a Replace action. The new item replacing the original item. The original item that is replaced. The index of the item being replaced. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a multi-item Replace event. Can only be a Replace action. The new items replacing the original items. The original items that are replaced. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a multi-item Replace event. Can only be a Replace action. The new items replacing the original items. The original items that are replaced. The starting index of the items being replaced. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a one-item Move event. Can only be a Move action. The item affected by the change. The new index for the changed item. The old index for the changed item. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs that describes a multi-item Move event. The action that caused the event. The items affected by the change. The new index for the changed items. The old index for the changed items. Construct a NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs with given fields (no validation). Used by WinRT marshaling. The action that caused the event. The items affected by the change. The old items affected by the change (for Replace events). The index where the change occurred. The old index where the change occurred (for Move events). Collection of regular expressions used when parsing Extracts CSS style comments; e.g. /* comment */ Extracts the media types from a media at-rule; e.g. @media print, 3d, screen { Extracts defined blocks in CSS. WARNING: Blocks will include blocks inside at-rules. Extracts a number; e.g. 5, 6, 7.5, 0.9 Extracts css percentages from the string; e.g. 100% .5% 5.4% Extracts CSS lengths; e.g. 9px 3pt .89em Extracts CSS colors; e.g. black white #fff #fe98cd rgb(5,5,5) rgb(45%, 0, 0) Extracts line-height values (normal, numbers, lengths, percentages) Extracts CSS border styles; e.g. solid none dotted Extracts CSS border widthe; e.g. 1px thin 3em Extracts font-family values Extracts CSS font-styles; e.g. normal italic oblique Extracts CSS font-variant values; e.g. normal, small-caps Extracts font-weight values; e.g. normal, bold, bolder... Exracts font sizes: xx-small, larger, small, 34pt, 30%, 2em Gets the font-size[/line-height]? on the font shorthand property. Check http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-shorthand Extracts HTML tags Extracts attributes from a HTML tag; e.g. att=value, att="value" the regexes cache that is used by the parser so not to create regex each time Get CSS at rule from the given stylesheet. the stylesheet data to retrieve the rule from the index to start the search for the rule, on return will be the value of the end of the found rule the found at rule or null if not exists Extracts matches from the specified source Regular expression to extract matches Source to extract matches Collection of matches Searches the specified regex on the source Searches the specified regex on the source Get regex instance for the given regex string. the regex string to use the regex instance